Oracle Database Master Index: P
11g Release 1 (11.1)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- p option (-props) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- P prefix (sqlj -P-x) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- p_table_clause (Text Reference)
- P.M. datetime format element (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- PACK_MESSAGE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PACK_STGTAB_BASELINE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PACK_STGTAB_SQLPATCH Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PACK_STGTAB_SQLPROF Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PACK_STGTAB_SQLSET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PACKAGE
-
- with SQL CREATE statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- package
-
- collection id, DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- compiling (Application Express User's Guide)
- consistency token, DRDA_PACKAGE_CONSTOKEN (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- DBMS_EXPFIL (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ODCI (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OUTPUT (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DBMS_PIPE (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DBMS_RESULT_CACHE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_RLMGR (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLDOM (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLGEN (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- definition of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- downloading (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- dropping (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- finding (Application Express User's Guide)
- gpglocal (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- grants for (Application Express User's Guide)
- object dependencies (Application Express User's Guide)
- package body (Application Express User's Guide)
- PGM_BQM (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- privileges - BIND and EXECUTE, DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- privileges - BIND, COPY, and EXECUTE
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- related errors (Application Express User's Guide)
- See also incident package
- UriFactory (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UTL_PG (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #12] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #13] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- invalidated or deinstalled (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- invalidated or deinstalled (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- invalidated or removed (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- UTL_RAW (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- invalidated or deinstalled (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- invalidated or deinstalled (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- invalidated or removed (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- package bodies
-
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- re-creating (SQL Language Reference)
- PACKAGE BODY
-
- with SQL CREATE statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- package body (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Package Classes (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- package cvuqdisk not installed (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- package DBMS_JAVA (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- package declaration
-
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- package MdmAttribute (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- package overview (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- package specification (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- package specifications
-
- avoid reinstalling (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- reinstalling (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- package subprogram
-
- definition of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- package variables
-
- i_am_a_refresh (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Package - UriFactory (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- package, incident
-
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- packaged application
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- about Supporting Objects page (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding access control list (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding CSS installation script (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding image installation script (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding static file installation script (Application Express User's Guide)
- build options (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating supporting objects (Application Express User's Guide)
- defining an upgrade script (Application Express User's Guide)
- deinstallation scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- deinstalling (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting installation options (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting messages (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting supporting object scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- downloading (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- how to create (Application Express User's Guide)
- installing supporting objects (Application Express User's Guide)
- installion scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- messages (Application Express User's Guide)
- prerequisites (Application Express User's Guide)
- substitutions strings (Application Express User's Guide)
- testing installation scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- upgrade scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- upgrading a packaged application (Application Express User's Guide)
- validations (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing an install summary (Application Express User's Guide)
- packaged call specifications, writing (Java Developer's Guide)
- packaged cursors (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- packaged procedures
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- packaged subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- packages (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- advantages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- advantages of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- as program units, definition (Concepts)
- as transformations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- associating statistics with (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing (Security Guide)
- avoiding run-time compilation (SQL Language Reference)
- bodies of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- bodiless (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- body (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- call specification (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Callback for C (XML C API Reference)
- checking on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- contents of (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- corruption (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- creating (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Utilities)
- Ctx for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- cursor specifications (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursors (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_ADVISOR (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_DIMENSION (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_ERROR (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_ERRORLOG (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_JOB (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_JOBS (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_METADATA (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_MGD_ID_UTL (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MVIEW (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_PIPE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPAIR (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER_PRIVS (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESUMABLE (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_SPACE (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STATS (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_STORAGE_MAP (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_TRANSACTION (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- debugging (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defining (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- disassociating statistics types from (SQL Language Reference)
- DOM for C (XML C API Reference)
- Dom for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- dot notation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL (Concepts)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Event for C (XML C API Reference)
- examples (Security Guide)
- examples of features (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- examples of privilege use (Security Guide)
- executing (Concepts)
- for locking (Concepts)
- global variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines for writing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- hidden declarations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in PL/SQL (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- initializing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invalidation of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- invoker rights (SQL Language Reference)
- invoking subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- IO for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- modularity (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- naming (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Database
-
- see see Oracle Database packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- OracleXml for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- ORD_DICOM (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORD_DICOM_ADMIN (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_DEFAULT_AUDIO (Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_DEFAULT_DOC (Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_DEFAULT_VIDEO (Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_FILE_SOURCE (Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_HTTP_SOURCE (Multimedia User's Guide)
- overloading subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview of Oracle supplied (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Parser for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- private (Concepts)
- private and public objects (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- privileges
-
- divided by construct (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- privileges needed to create (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges needed to drop (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges required to create procedures in (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- process flows (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- product-specific (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- product-specific for use with PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- public (Concepts)
- Range for C (XML C API Reference)
- recompiling explicitly (SQL Language Reference)
- redefining (SQL Language Reference)
- referencing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions on referencing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- running (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SAX for C (XML C API Reference)
- Schema for C (XML C API Reference)
- scope (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- searching for (Application Express User's Guide)
- serially reusable (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- session state and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- shared SQL areas and (Concepts)
- size limits for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SOAP for C (XML C API Reference)
- SOAP for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- specification (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- specifications (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- specifications of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- specifying schema and privileges of (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL*Plus and OCI for Instant Client (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STANDARD package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- states of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- synonyms for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- Tools for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- Traversal for C (XML C API Reference)
- trusted stored program units (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- understanding (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- visibility of contents (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- where documented (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- XML for C (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDiff for C (XML C API Reference)
- XPath for C (XML C API Reference)
- XPath for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPointer for C (XML C API Reference)
- XPointer for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- Xsl for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- XSLT for C (XML C API Reference)
- XSLTVM for C (XML C API Reference)
- packages or PL/SQL plug-ins (Multimedia User's Guide)
- packages, checking (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- packages, Java
-
- naming rules in INPUT file (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -package option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- packages, PL/SQL
-
- generated classes for (JPublisher User's Guide)
- option for package name (JPublisher User's Guide)
- publishing (introduction) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- packaging
-
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- packaging and uploading problems (Administrator's Guide)
- packaging deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- PACKBITS image compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- packed decimal (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- packed decimal data, ADD (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- packets
-
- examining trace data (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- types of (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- padding (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- padding expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- padding of literal strings
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- page
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating from Application Home (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating from Page Definition (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- page attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Authentication (Application Express User's Guide)
- Authorization Scheme (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cache (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cache by User (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cache Page (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cache Page Condition (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cache Timeout (Application Express User's Guide)
- Comments (Application Express User's Guide)
- Configuration (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cursor Focus (Application Express User's Guide)
- display attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Duplicate Submission (Application Express User's Guide)
- Expression 1 (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Footer (Application Express User's Guide)
- Groups (Application Express User's Guide)
- Header Text (Application Express User's Guide)
- Help (Application Express User's Guide)
- HTML Body Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- HTML Header (Application Express User's Guide)
- Name (Application Express User's Guide)
- On Error Text (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Alias (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Template (Application Express User's Guide)
- security (Application Express User's Guide)
- Standard Tab Set (Application Express User's Guide)
- Title (Application Express User's Guide)
- PAGE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAGE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- page components
-
- controlling access (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing all (Application Express User's Guide)
- page computation
-
- computation point (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- defining computation point (Application Express User's Guide)
- defining computation source (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- making a computation conditional (Application Express User's Guide)
- syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- page controls
-
- editing all (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Definition
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Action Bar (Application Express User's Guide)
- alternate views (Application Express User's Guide)
- Copy button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Copy icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating a page (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating new controls and components (Application Express User's Guide)
- Delete button (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing all (Application Express User's Guide)
- export (Application Express User's Guide)
- Next button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page field (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Processing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Processing section (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Page Rendering (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Rendering section (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Previous button (Application Express User's Guide)
- reordering components (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shared Components section (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- View list (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- page definition (Application Express) (OLAP User's Guide)
- Page Events
-
- Next button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page field (Application Express User's Guide)
- Previous button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Show All (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Show Used (Application Express User's Guide)
- View list (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Finder (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- page groups
-
- assigning pages (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing group definition (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Pages by Page Group report (Application Express User's Guide)
- reassigning pages (Application Express User's Guide)
- removing (Application Express User's Guide)
- removing pages (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- page help
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- page item
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating from Page Definition (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting multiple (Application Express User's Guide)
- Drag and Drop Layout page (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing display on a page (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing Help (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing multiple (Application Express User's Guide)
- naming conventions (Application Express User's Guide)
- reassigning to a region (Application Express User's Guide)
- static list of values (Application Express User's Guide)
- types (Application Express User's Guide)
- using Drag and drop icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- using Reorder Region Items icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- page items
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- page layout
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- page locks
-
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- page number (Application Express User's Guide)
- page number, including in titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- page operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- page processes
-
- changing processing points (Application Express User's Guide)
- changing source (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- making conditional (Application Express User's Guide)
- When Button Pressed attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Processing
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- Branches (Application Express User's Guide)
- Computations (Application Express User's Guide)
- Processes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Validations (Application Express User's Guide)
- page processing (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- understanding (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Rendering
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- Buttons (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Computations (Application Express User's Guide)
- Items (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page (Application Express User's Guide)
- Processes
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- Regions (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Tabs (Application Express User's Guide)
- page rendering (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- understanding (Application Express User's Guide)
- page reports
-
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- page table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- page template
-
- Body (Application Express User's Guide)
- Definition (Application Express User's Guide)
- Display Points (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Error Page Template Control (Application Express User's Guide)
- Footer (Application Express User's Guide)
- Header (Application Express User's Guide)
- Image Based Tab Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Multi Column Region Table Attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- Name (Application Express User's Guide)
- Parent Tab Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- specifying defaults (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Standard Tab Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Subscription (Application Express User's Guide)
- substitution strings (Application Express User's Guide)
- Subtemplate (Application Express User's Guide)
- page template substitution strings (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- #APP_VERSION# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #BOX_BODY# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #CUSTOMIZE# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #FORM_CLOSE# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #FORM_OPEN# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #GLOBAL_NOTIFICATION# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #HEAD# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #LOGO# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #NAVIGATION_BAR# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #ONLOAD# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #PARENT_TAB_CELLS# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #REGION_POSITION_NN# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #SUCCESS_MESSAGE# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #TAB_CELLS# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #TITLE# (Application Express User's Guide)
- page view
-
- Referenced Components (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page View Activity logs
-
- deleting (Application Express User's Guide)
- page views
-
- accessing alternate views (Application Express User's Guide)
- Database Object Dependencies (Application Express User's Guide)
- Groups (Application Express User's Guide)
- History (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Events (Application Express User's Guide)
- page zero (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- PAGELEN
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PAGELEN option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PAGELEN precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PAGENUM option (OLAP DML Reference)
- pageout considerations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- pageouts
-
- SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PAGEPRG option (OLAP DML Reference)
- pages
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- about page zero (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding (Application Express User's Guide)
- assigning to groups (Application Express User's Guide)
- caching (Application Express User's Guide)
- calling from a button (Application Express User's Guide)
- calling with an alias (Application Express User's Guide)
- changing length (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- controlling access to (Application Express User's Guide)
- copying (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating from Application home (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating from Developer toolbar (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating groups (Application Express User's Guide)
- default dimensions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- deleting (Application Express User's Guide)
- determining lock status (Application Express User's Guide)
- duplicate submission (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling user customization (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting (Application Express User's Guide)
- grouping (Application Express User's Guide)
- linking to (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- linking with f?p syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- locking (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- matching to screen or paper size (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- optimizing for printing (Application Express User's Guide)
- preventing conflicts (Application Express User's Guide)
- previewing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- purging cached (Application Express User's Guide)
- reassigning to groups (Application Express User's Guide)
- removing from groups (Application Express User's Guide)
- resource use (Application Express User's Guide)
- running (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Application Express User's Guide)
- searching for (Application Express User's Guide)
- setting dimensions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying page template (Application Express User's Guide)
- types (Application Express User's Guide)
- unlocking (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- PAGESIZE (OLAP DML Reference)
- PAGESIZE clause
-
- in LOGIN.SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAGESIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- page-charset (Globalization Support Guide)
- page-level item
-
- History (Application Express User's Guide)
- page-level template (Application Express User's Guide)
- page-out activity (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pagination
-
- reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Pagination Subtemplate
-
- Next Page Template (Application Express User's Guide)
- Next Set Template (Application Express User's Guide)
- Pagination Template (Application Express User's Guide)
- Previous Page Template (Application Express User's Guide)
- Previous Set Template (Application Express User's Guide)
- paging
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- controlling (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- reducing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- paging in reports (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- forcing a page break (OLAP DML Reference)
- line number on current page (OLAP DML Reference)
- lines for bottom margin (OLAP DML Reference)
- lines for top margin (OLAP DML Reference)
- lines left on page (OLAP DML Reference)
- lines on a page (OLAP DML Reference)
- page number (OLAP DML Reference)
- producing a custom heading (OLAP DML Reference)
- producing a standard heading (OLAP DML Reference)
- turning on (OLAP DML Reference)
- PAGING option (OLAP DML Reference)
- paging space (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- allocating sufficient (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- tuning (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- paging, controlling (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- palette table (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- PanelPage component (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- PARA function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARA procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARAGRAPH function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARAGRAPH keyword (Text Reference)
- paragraph names
-
- associating with SQL statements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- coding area for (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PARAGRAPH procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- paragraph section
-
- defining (Text Reference)
- querying (Text Reference)
- paragraph tags
-
- GT GlossaryTitle, Glossary (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLE_ENABLE option
-
- FUNCTION (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parallel access
-
- to external tables (Concepts)
- parallel aggregation and external context (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- parallel apply
-
- and log apply services (Data Guard Broker)
- managing in a physical standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- PARALLEL clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- CREATE INDEX statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- parallelization rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PARALLEL CREATE INDEX statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PARALLEL CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement
-
- resources required (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- extent allocation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelization rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioned tables and indexes (Data Warehousing Guide)
- restrictions
-
- LOBs (Data Warehousing Guide)
- LOBs (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel delete (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DELETE statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- applications (Data Warehousing Guide)
- bitmap indexes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- enabling PARALLEL DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- lock and enqueue resources (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelization rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- recovery (Data Warehousing Guide)
- restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
- remote transactions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- transaction model (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML (PDML) transactions
-
- SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- parallel DML statements (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- parallel DML support (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- Parallel evaluation of user-defined aggregates (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- parallel execution (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
-
- coordinator (Concepts)
- full table scans (Data Warehousing Guide)
- hints (SQL Language Reference)
- how it works (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- I/O parameters (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index creation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- interoperator parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- intraoperator parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- of DDL statements (SQL Language Reference)
- of DML statements (SQL Language Reference)
- of table functions (Concepts)
- parallel hints (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- parallelizing index creation (Administrator's Guide)
- plans (Data Warehousing Guide)
- process classification (Concepts)
- resource parameters (Data Warehousing Guide)
- resumable space allocation (Administrator's Guide)
- rewriting SQL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- server (Concepts)
- servers (Concepts)
- solving problems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- tuning (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel execution for index creation and rebuilding (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- parallel execution servers (Security Guide)
- parallel execution, monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- parallel execution, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL hint (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- parallelization rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- UPDATE and DELETE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel hints (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel index creation (Text Reference)
- parallel indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
-
- DBMS_PCLUTIL.BUILD_PART_INDEX (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- local partitioned index (Text Reference)
- partitioned table (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- parallel instance groups (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel loads (Utilities)
-
- restrictions on direct path (Utilities)
- parallel LONG-to-LOB migration (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PARALLEL parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility
-
- command-line interface (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
-
- command-line mode (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- parallel periods (OLAP User's Guide)
- parallel processes (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel processing (OLAP User's Guide)
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
-
- configuring for replication environments (Advanced Replication)
- dependency
-
- tracking (Advanced Replication)
- implementing (Advanced Replication)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- planning for (Advanced Replication)
- replication environment (Advanced Replication)
- row level SCN (Advanced Replication)
- tuning (Advanced Replication)
- parallel queries (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- across Real Application Clusters (RAC) nodes (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- parallel query (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- bitmap indexes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- maximum number of instances (Reference)
- maximum number of servers (Reference)
- minimum number of queries (Reference)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- parallelization rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- restrictions for Oracle objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- view objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- parallel query, and SYS_CONTEXT (Security Guide)
- parallel recovery (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel SQL (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- allocating rows to parallel execution servers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- coordinator process (Concepts)
- degree of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- instance groups (Data Warehousing Guide)
- number of parallel execution servers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- optimizer (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelization rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- server processes (Concepts)
- shared server (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel update (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel UPDATE statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PARALLEL_ADAPTIVE_MULTI_USER initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- PARALLEL_AUTOMATIC_TUNING initialization parameter (Reference)
- PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT_ABSOLUTE resource allocation method (Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL_ENABLE clause
-
- of CREATE FUNCTION (SQL Language Reference)
- PARALLEL_ENABLE functions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PARALLEL_ENABLE option (Java Developer's Guide)
- PARALLEL_EXECUTION_MESSAGE_SIZE initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- PARALLEL_INDEX hint (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PARALLEL_INSTANCE_GROUP initialization parameter (Reference)
- PARALLEL_INSTANCE_GROUPS initialization parameter
-
- parallel processes (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PARALLEL_IO_CAP_ENABLED initialization parameter (Reference)
- PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS initialization parameter (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #7] (Reference)
-
- and parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PARALLEL_MIN_PERCENT initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- PARALLEL_MIN_SERVERS initialization parameter (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- PARALLEL_THREADS_PER_CPU initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- degree (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree, overriding (Data Warehousing Guide)
- enabling for tables and queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- in Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- interoperator (Data Warehousing Guide)
- intraoperator (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel-aware query optimization (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallelizing table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- PARAM function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARAM procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parameter
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- AUTHORIZATION_MODEL (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- diagnostic (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- list of parameters needed to configure the gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- Native Semantics, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- obsolete since V4 gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- QUEUE_MANAGER (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- RESULT_CACHE_MAX_RESULT (Performance Tuning Guide)
- RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- RESULT_CACHE_MODE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- RESULT_CACHE_REMOTE_EXPIRATION (Performance Tuning Guide)
- server (Concepts)
- setting up trace parameters (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQLPATH (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_LOG_QUEUE (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_MODEL (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_RECOVERY_PASSWORD (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_RECOVERY_USER (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- transactional (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- parameter binding (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- parameter bindings (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- parameter definitions (sizes)
-
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer optparamdefaults option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer optparams option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ -optparamdefaults option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ -optparams option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- parameter descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter descriptor object (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter file
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- overview (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- tailoring to configure the host (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- parameter file search order (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- parameter files
-
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- from memory (SQL Language Reference)
- definition (Concepts)
- Export (Utilities)
- Export and Import
-
- comments in (Utilities)
- maximum size (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- See also initialization parameter file.
- See gateway initialization files
- See PGA parameters
- See RRM parameters
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- parameter files (INIT.ORA files)
-
- specifying alternate (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- parameter insight (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- parameter list (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- parameter mode (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- parameter modes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- IN (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- IN OUT (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- OUT (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Parameter object
-
- using (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Parameter objects
-
- description (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parameter passing
-
- by reference (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- by value (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parameter type mapping (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PARAMETER_LIST networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- ParameterArrays (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- parameterized Source objects
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- description (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parameterized statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameters
-
- $bindargs (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $bindvars (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $conn (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $date (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $e (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $file (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $line (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $posturl (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $q1 (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $query (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $r (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $results (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $resulttype (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $rowsperpage (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $stid (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $title (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- actual (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- actual and formal (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- admin_option (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- agent_list (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- agent_name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- alias (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- aliasing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- AQ_TM_PROCESSES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- array_size (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attempts (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attribute_number (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- authentication
-
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- BLANK_TRIMMING (Globalization Support Guide)
- BUFFER (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- buffer lengths (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- calendar (Globalization Support Guide)
- certificate (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- certificate_location (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- changed since Release 4, on gateway using SNA or TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- character set conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- charset (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- comment (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- compatibility (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- compatible (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- configuration for JDBC (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- consumer_name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- correlation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CREATE DATABASE (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- cursor (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DB_DOMAIN
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB_FILE_MULTIBLOCK_READ_COUNT (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- db_username (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBIO_EXPECTED (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- default values (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- delay (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- delivery_mode (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deptid (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- deq_condition (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue_mode (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue_options (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dest_queue_name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination_queue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DRDA_CODEPAGE_MAP
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defined (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- mapping IBM CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- mapping IBM CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- mapping IBM CCSID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_READ_ONLY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_PASSWORD
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_USERID
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- duration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dynamic cache (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- enable_anyp (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enable_http (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- encryption and checksumming (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- enqueue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enqueue_options (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enqueue_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- exception_queue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- expiration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- FDS_CLASS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- FDS_CLASS_VERSION (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for configuring TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- formal (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FREELISTS (Data Warehousing Guide)
- from_schema (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- from_type (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Gateway Initialization File
-
- DRDA_CONNECT_PARM (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_NAME (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway initialization file
-
- DRDA_CACHE_TABLE_DESC (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_CACHE_TABLE_DESC (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_CACHE_TABLE_DESC (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_CAPABILITY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_CAPABILITY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_CAPABILITY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_CODEPAGE_MAP (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_CODEPAGE_MAP (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_CODEPAGE_MAP (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_COMM_BUFLEN (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_COMM_BUFLEN (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_COMM_BUFLEN (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_CONNECT_PARM (TCP/IP format) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_CONNECT_PARM (TCP/IP format) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_CONNECT_PARM (TCP/IP format) (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DISABLE_CALL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_DISABLE_CALL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_DISABLE_CALL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_FLUSH_CACHE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_FLUSH_CACHE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_FLUSH_CACHE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_LIT_CHECK (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_LIT_CHECK (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_LIT_CHECK (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_PAD_SIZE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_PAD_SIZE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_PAD_SIZE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_TO_MBCS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_TO_MBCS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_TO_MBCS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_LOCAL_NODE_NAME (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_LOCAL_NODE_NAME (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_LOCAL_NODE_NAME (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_MBCS_TO_GRAPHIC (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_MBCS_TO_GRAPHIC (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_MBCS_TO_GRAPHIC (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_CONSTOKEN (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_CONSTOKEN (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_CONSTOKEN (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_NAME (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_NAME (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_NAME (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_OWNER (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_OWNER (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_OWNER (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_READ_ONLY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_READ_ONLY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_READ_ONLY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_PASSWORD (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_PASSWORD (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_PASSWORD (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_USERID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_USERID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_USERID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_REMOTE_DB_NAME (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_REMOTE_DB_NAME (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_REMOTE_DB_NAME (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- HS_NLS_NCHAR (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_NLS_NCHAR (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- HS_NLS_NCHAR (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- ORA_MAX_DATE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- ORA_MAX_DATE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORA_MAX_DATE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- ORA_NLS11 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- ORA_NLS11 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- ORA_NLS33 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TCTL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TCTL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TCTL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TRACE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TRACE (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TRACE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway initialization parameter, described (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- global (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- grant_option (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- grantee (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- HS_DB_DOMAIN
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_NLS_DATE_FORMAT (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_RPC_FETCH_REBLOCKING (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_RPC_FETCH_SIZE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IN mode (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- IN OUT mode (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in syntax
-
- optional (SQL Language Reference)
- required (SQL Language Reference)
- in syntax diagrams (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- initialization (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- locking behavior (Concepts)
- see initialization parameters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- latency (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- linguistic sorts (Globalization Support Guide)
- listen_delivery_mode (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- LOG_DESTINATON (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- log_directory (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- log_level (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- mapped to TPC/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- max_retries (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MAXDATAFILES (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- maxfree (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- MAXLOGFILES (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- MAXLOGHISTORY (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- maxperm (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- memory management (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- message_grouping (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message_properties (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message_properties_array (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- methods of setting (Globalization Support Guide)
- minfree (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- minperm (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- modes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- modified after installation (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- monetary (Globalization Support Guide)
- MSG_STATE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- msgid (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- multiple_consumers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- namespace (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- navigation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- needed for commit-confirm support (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- new
-
- FDS_CLASS (startup shell) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- FDS_CLASS (startup shell) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- FDS_INSTANCE (startup shell) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- FDS_INSTANCE (startup shell) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- next_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- NLS_CALENDAR (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_COMP (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CREDIT (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CURRENCY (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DATE_FORMAT (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DATE_LANGUAGE (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DEBIT (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DUAL_CURRENCY (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_ISO_CURRENCY (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LANG (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LANGUAGE (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LIST_SEPARATOR (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_MONETARY_CHARACTERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_NCHAR_CONV_EXCP (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_NUMERIC_CHARACTERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_SORT (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_TERRITORY (Globalization Support Guide)
- numeric (Globalization Support Guide)
- obj_location (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- obsolete, in gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OCI_COMMIT_ON_SUCCESS (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_DEFAULT (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_FETCHSTATEMENT_BY_COLUMN (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_FETCHSTATEMENT_BY_ROW (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_RETURN_NULLS (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OPEN_LINKS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- original_msgid (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OS_AUTHENT_PREFIX (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- OUT mode (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OWNER_INSTANCE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- passing strings (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- payload (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- payload_array (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PGA
-
- described for SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- described for SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- described for TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- described for TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- post_count (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- post_list (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- primary_instance (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- priority (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- purge_condition (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- purge_options (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_payload_type (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_table (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_to_queue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_type (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- recipient_list (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reg_count (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reg_list (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- relative_msgid (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REMOTE_LISTENER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- renamed since version 4 (gateway initialization) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- reports
-
- Security Related Database Parameters Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retention_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- retry_delay (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rule (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rule-level (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SCHED_NOAGE (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- secondary_instance (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- secure (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- see PGA parameters and gateway
- see PGAU commands
- See remote procedural call (RPC)
- See SET LOG_DESTINATION
- See SET TRACE_LEVEL
- sender_id (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- sequence_deviation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shm_max (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shm_seg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shmmax (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shmseg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- sort_list (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- src_queue_name (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- start_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- state (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- storage (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- storage_clause (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- streams_pool_size (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- string length (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- subprogram
-
- see subprogram parameters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- summary of modes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- that must be identical on all instances (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- that must be unique on all instances (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- time and date (Globalization Support Guide)
- time zone (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- to_schema (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- to_type (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transaction_group (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- USE_INDIRECT_DATA_BUFFERS (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- user values (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user_property (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- USING (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- viewing system-defined (Text Reference)
- visibility (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- wait (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PARAMETERS clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PARAMETERS clause with external procedure (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- PARENS option (OLAP DML Reference)
- parent and child tables (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- parent attribute
-
- method for getting (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parent cursor (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- parent element, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- parent factors
-
- See factors
- parent identifier (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- parent layer (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- parent link
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- parent Model objects
-
- of a CustomModel (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- of a Model (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parent node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- getting ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- parent row (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- parent tables (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- parent tabs
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- parent workspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- conflicts with (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- PARENT_ID column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- parentheses (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- altering precedence (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- grouping character (Text Reference)
- parentNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parent-child relations
-
- described (OLAP User's Guide)
- parent-child relationships
-
- in hierarchies (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- in levels (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- PARFILE parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- Export command line (Utilities)
- Import command line (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- PARSE
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- parse (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PARSE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- parse error offset
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- how to interpret (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in error reporting (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parse exception errors (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- PARSE option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- parse option (sqlj -parse) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PARSE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSE procedure (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parse tree (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parse trees
-
- construction of (Concepts)
- in shared SQL area (Concepts)
- parse() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- PARSEBUFFER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSECLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parsedEntityDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- PARSEDTD procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parseDTD() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- parseDTD() method (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- PARSEDTDBUFFER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSEDTDCLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Parser Datatypes (XML C++ API Reference)
-
- DOMParserIdType (XML C++ API Reference)
- ParserExceptionCode (XML C++ API Reference)
- SAXParserIdType (XML C++ API Reference)
- SchValidatorIdType (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser for Java (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
- constructor extension functions (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- oraxsl (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- return value extension function (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- supported database (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- using DTDs (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Parser for Java, overview (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Parser package for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- ParserException Interface
-
- getCode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getMesLang() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getMessage() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getParserCode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ParserExceptionCode datatype, Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- parseSchVal() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parsing (Concepts)
-
- DBMS_SQL package (Concepts)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- hard (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle Forms (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle precompilers (Performance Tuning Guide)
- parse calls (Concepts)
- parse locks (Concepts)
- performed (Concepts)
- reducing unnecessary calls (Performance Tuning Guide)
- soft (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL statements (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- parsing dynamic statements
-
- PREPARE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- parsing dynamic statements, PREPARE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- parsing expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- Parsing Schema attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- Partial ADDM mode (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Partial Database Export/Import
-
- upgrading Oracle Database (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- PARTIAL OUTER plan option (OLAP User's Guide)
- partial update of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- partial validation of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- partition
-
- using with Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- PARTITION ... LOB storage clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- partition BLOBs (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- generating (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- generating and loading from (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PARTITION BY HASH clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- PARTITION BY LIST clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- PARTITION BY RANGE clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- for composite-partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- partition by reference (SQL Language Reference)
- PARTITION BY REFERENCE clause (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition cache (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- loading configuration (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- Partition Change Tracking (PCT) (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- refresh (Data Warehousing Guide)
- with Pmarkers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PARTITION clause
-
- for composite-partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for hash partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for list partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for range partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ANALYZE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of DELETE (SQL Language Reference)
- of INSERT (SQL Language Reference)
- of LOCK TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of UPDATE (SQL Language Reference)
- Partition Exchange Loading (PEL) (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- configuring targets for (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- mappings for (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- performance considerations (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- restrictions on (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- PARTITION function (OLAP DML Reference)
- partition outer join (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- partition pruning (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- dynamic (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- static (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition size
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PARTITION table
-
- routing engine use of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- partition table
-
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- partition templates (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving partition names (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving partitioning method (OLAP DML Reference)
- PARTITION_ID column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_OPTIONS parameter
-
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- PARTITION_START column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_STOP column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- partition_storage_clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- PARTITIONCHECK function (OLAP DML Reference)
- partitioned
-
- indexes (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- tables (Globalization Support Guide)
- partitioned index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- cannot be created or dropped on version-enabled table (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- creating local in parallel (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- improved response time (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- local (Text Reference)
- parallel creation (Text Reference)
- rebuild example (Text Reference)
- partitioned index creation
-
- example (Text Reference)
- partitioned indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- adding partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating local index on composite partitioned table (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating local index on hash partitioned table (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dropping partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- local, creating (SQL Language Reference)
- maintenance operations (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- maintenance operations, table of (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying partition default attributes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying real attributes of partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- moving partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- rebuilding index partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- renaming index partitions/subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- secondary indexes on index-organized tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- splitting partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- user-defined (SQL Language Reference)
- partitioned index-organized tables
-
- restrictions for LOB columns (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- secondary indexes, updating (SQL Language Reference)
- partitioned loads
-
- concurrent conventional path loads (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- partitioned network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- partitioned objects
-
- and EXPLAIN PLAN statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- partitioned outer join (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioned spatial indexes (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- exchanging partitions (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- partitioned tables
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- adding partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- adding subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- coalescing partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating hash partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval-hash partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval-list partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval-range partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list-hash partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list-list partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list-range partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range-hash partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range-list partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range-range partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating reference partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data warehouses (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- DISABLE ROW MOVEMENT (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dropping (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dropping partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- ENABLE ROW MOVEMENT (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- exchanging partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- exchanging subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- export consistency and (Utilities)
- exporting (Utilities)
- importing (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- index-organized tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- loading (Utilities)
- maintenance operations (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- marking indexes UNUSABLE (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #5] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #6] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #7] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #8] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #9] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #10] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #11] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #12] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- merging partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying (Text Reference)
- modifying default attributes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying real attributes of partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying real attributes of subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- moving partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- moving subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- multicolumn partitioning keys (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition definitions (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- partitioning options (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- rebuilding index partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- redefining partitions online (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- rules for (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- renaming subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- splitting partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartitioning options (templates) (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- tables
-
- partitions (2 Day DBA)
- truncating partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- truncating subpartitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- updating global indexes automatically (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partitioned variables (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- aggregating (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting data from (OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving dimensions of (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving partitioning method (OLAP DML Reference)
- partitioning (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- advisor for (Concepts)
- benefits (OLAP User's Guide)
- by range (SQL Language Reference)
- clauses
-
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- composite (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data segment compression (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- bitmap indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default partition (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default subpartition (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- description (OLAP User's Guide)
- distribution value (Performance Tuning Guide)
- examples of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- examples of composite (Performance Tuning Guide)
- hash (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- index-organized tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- maintaining partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- of materialized view logs (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of materialized views (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- prebuilt tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- range (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range with interval partitions (SQL Language Reference)
- range-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- reference (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- start and stop columns (Performance Tuning Guide)
- subpartition templates (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- system (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- tables containing Oracle objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- virtual columns (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partitioning a database migration (Utilities)
-
- advantages of (Utilities)
- disadvantages of (Utilities)
- procedure during export (Utilities)
- Partitioning Advisor (OLAP User's Guide)
- partitioning methods (OLAP DML Reference)
- partitioning referential constraint (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- partitioning strategies (OLAP User's Guide)
- partitions
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #7] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- adding rows to (SQL Language Reference)
- adding values to (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- affinity (Data Warehousing Guide)
- allocating extents for (SQL Language Reference)
- based on literal values (SQL Language Reference)
- binding to raw devices on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- bitmap indexes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- caching (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- composite
-
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- converting into nonpartitioned tables (SQL Language Reference)
- creating on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating raw partitions (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- creation for Automatic Storage Management disks (Installation Guide for Linux)
- deallocating unused space from (SQL Language Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- list partitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting data (OLAP DML Reference)
- disks, Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- dynamic partitioning (Concepts)
- equipartitioning
-
- examples (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- local indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- exchanging with tables (SQL Language Reference)
- extents
-
- allocating for an index (SQL Language Reference)
- global indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- hash
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- coalescing (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- identifying for value (OLAP DML Reference)
- index (SQL Language Reference)
- inserting rows into (SQL Language Reference)
- list (OLAP DML Reference)
- list, adding (SQL Language Reference)
- LOB storage characteristics of (SQL Language Reference)
- local indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- locking (SQL Language Reference)
- locking segments of (OLAP DML Reference)
- logging attribute (SQL Language Reference)
- logging insert operations (SQL Language Reference)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- merging (SQL Language Reference)
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- moving values (OLAP DML Reference)
- nonprefixed indexes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- parallel DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partition pruning
-
- disk striping and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition table (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- partitioning a network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- partitioning indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- physical attributes
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- prefixed indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- pruning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- range partitioning
-
- disk striping and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing rows from (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (SQL Language Reference)
- resident (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- retrieving dimensions of (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving names of (OLAP DML Reference)
- revising values in (SQL Language Reference)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- segments (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- specifying values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- splitting (SQL Language Reference)
- storage characteristics (SQL Language Reference)
- tablespace for
-
- defining (SQL Language Reference)
- using for editing and analysis (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PARTITIONS clause
-
- for hash partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partitionwise joins (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- partition-extended table names
-
- in DML statements (SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions on (SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (SQL Language Reference)
- partition-level Export (Utilities)
-
- example session (Utilities)
- partition-level Import (Utilities)
-
- specifying (Utilities)
- partition-wise joins
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- full (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- full, and EXPLAIN PLAN output (Performance Tuning Guide)
- partial (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partial, and EXPLAIN PLAN output (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Partner LU
-
- locations profile, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- see also LUs
-
- Partner (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- parts-of-speech tagging (Text Reference)
- pass phrase
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- for SSH (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- read and parse server.key file (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- passes option (sqlj -passes) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passes, two-pass compiling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PASSING clause of XMLTable
-
- FROM list order (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Passing commands to database (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- passing commands to database (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- passing options to other executables (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passthrough
-
- gateway features (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- native DB2 SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- send SQL statement directly to DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- passthrough SQL
-
- avoiding SQL interpretation (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- executing statements (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
-
- non-queries (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- queries (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- with bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- with IN bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- with IN OUT bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- with OUT bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- implications of using (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- passwd command (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- passwd file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- password
-
- change using ALTER USER command (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- changing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- changing with the PASSWORD command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- defining (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in AUTHORIZATION clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in CONNECT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- obfuscating (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle authentication (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle password to be used by gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- overrides (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- resetting (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- resetting and emailing (Application Express User's Guide)
- supplied at runtime (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- viewable warning (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- with operating system authentication (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- password backup encryption (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PASSWORD command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- password expiration (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- connection string attribute (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- PwdChgDlg (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- PASSWORD EXPIRE clause
-
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER (SQL Language Reference)
- password file
-
- adding users (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- ORAPWD utility (Administrator's Guide)
- raw device for
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- removing (Administrator's Guide)
- setting REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORD (Administrator's Guide)
- viewing members (Administrator's Guide)
- password file authentication (Administrator's Guide)
-
- for Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- password file for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- password files (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- Password History Access Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- password management (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- password option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- password option for checking (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Password Policies (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- password policies
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- configuring (Application Express User's Guide)
- password policy
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- default (2 Day DBA)
- setting (2 Day DBA)
- PASSWORD statement
-
- about (Security Guide)
- password, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- PASSWORD_instance_name (Net Services Reference)
- PASSWORD_instance_namenetworking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- PASSWORD_VERIFIER column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- passwords
-
- about managing (Security Guide)
- account locking (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- administrative (2 Day + Security Guide)
- administrative user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- administrator
-
- authenticating with (Security Guide)
- guidelines for securing (Security Guide)
- administrator privileges (Concepts)
- aging and expiration (Security Guide)
- ALTER PROFILE statement (Security Guide)
- altering (Security Guide)
- authenticating (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- brute force attacks (Security Guide)
- case sensitive (Upgrade Guide)
- case sensitivity of (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- case sensitivity setting, SEC_CASE_SENSITIVE_LOGIN (Security Guide)
- case sensitivity, configuring (Security Guide)
- changing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- changing at runtime (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- changing at runtime with ALTER AUTHORIZATION (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- changing for mtssys username (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- changing for roles (Security Guide)
- complexity (2 Day + Security Guide)
- complexity verification (Concepts)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- complexity, guidelines for enforcing (Security Guide)
- connecting to RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- connecting with (Concepts)
- connecting without (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- CREATE PROFILE statement (Security Guide)
- danger in storing as clear text (Security Guide)
- database user authentication (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- default for SYS and SYSTEM (Administrator's Guide)
- default profile settings
-
- about (Security Guide)
- enabling using DBCA (Security Guide)
- enabling using SQL statements (Security Guide)
- default security setting, modified by (2 Day + Security Guide)
- default user account (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- default, finding (Security Guide)
- defining (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- delays for incorrect passwords (Security Guide)
- duration (Security Guide)
- encrypting (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- encryption (Concepts)
- expiration of (SQL Language Reference)
- expiring (2 Day DBA)
-
- explicitly (Security Guide)
- procedure for (Security Guide)
- proxy account passwords (Security Guide)
- with grace period (Security Guide)
- failed logins, resetting (Security Guide)
- forgotten, solution for (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- grace period (SQL Language Reference)
- grace period, example (Security Guide)
- guaranteeing complexity (SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- hardcoding (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- history (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- in Warehouse Builder (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- length (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- lifetime for (Security Guide)
- limiting use and reuse (SQL Language Reference)
- Listener Control utility access (Net Services Reference)
- listener, establishing for (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- lock time (Security Guide)
- locking (SQL Language Reference)
- making unavailable (SQL Language Reference)
- management (2 Day + Security Guide)
- management rules (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- managing (Security Guide)
- maximum reuse time (Security Guide)
- ORAPWD password utility (Security Guide)
- parameters
-
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- password complexity verification (Security Guide)
- password file (Administrator's Guide)
- password file risks (Security Guide)
- password files (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- password reuse (Concepts)
- PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- policies (Security Guide)
- privileges for changing for roles (Security Guide)
- privileges to alter (Security Guide)
- profiles
-
- enabling default settings (2 Day + Security Guide)
- protections, built-in (Security Guide)
- proxy authentication (Security Guide)
- REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE initialization parameter (Reference)
- reports (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- Database Account Default Password Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Password History Access Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Username/Password Tables Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- requirements (2 Day + Security Guide)
- resetting (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- with Database Control (Installation Guide for Linux)
- with SQL*Plus (Installation Guide for Linux)
- reusing (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- reusing passwords (Security Guide)
- reviewing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- roles (Security Guide)
- security policy for users (Concepts)
- security risks (Security Guide)
- See also authentication
- See alsosecurity
- setting REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORD parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- special characters in (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying for response files (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SYS and SYSTEM (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SYS user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SYSTEM user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- unlocking (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- with Database Control (Installation Guide for Linux)
- with SQL*Plus (Installation Guide for Linux)
- used in roles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- UTLPWDMG.SQL password script
-
- password management (Security Guide)
- verfied using SHA-1 cryptographic hagh function (Security Guide)
- PASSWORDS_listener_name control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- PASSWORDS_listener_name parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- password-mode encryption (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Pass-Through Feature (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- Pass-through feature (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- pass-through feature (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- patch
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- patch set
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- patch set releases
-
- upgrading (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- patch sets
-
- applying (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- definition of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- patch updates
-
- download (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- install (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- OracleMetaLink (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- patch upgrades (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- rolling upgrades (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- Patch wizard (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- patches
-
- all node patching method (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- applying (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- applying using Enterprise Manager (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- definition of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Instant Client/Instant Client Light restrictions (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- locating (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- minimum downtime patching (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- opatch utility (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- refreshing the Enterprise Manager patch cache (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- rolling patching (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- security consideration (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- staging (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- patches, installing (Administrator's Guide)
- patchset releases
-
- downgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- PATH
-
- environment variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- path (WITH clause), unsupported (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- path and classpath (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- path attribute (Text Reference)
- path component of a resource path name
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PATH environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #4] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- setting (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- PATH environment variable, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PATH function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- path ID
-
- setting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- path index of XMLIndex
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- path name
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- resolution (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- path name, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- path rules (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- path section searching (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- path SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- path table
-
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- path table of XMLIndex (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- path type
-
- setting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PATH_SECTION_GROUP
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- querying with (Text Reference)
- PATH_SECTION_GROUP object (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- PATH_SECTION_GROUP system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- PATH_VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PATH_VIEW view (Reference)
- PATHIDTABLE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- pathname
-
- for java.exe (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- pathnames
-
- Optimal Flexible Architecture (Installation Guide for Linux)
- paths
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- adding (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- checking if active (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if closed (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if connected (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if in logical network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if simple or complex (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if temporary (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking the .pre files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- complex (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- computing the geometry (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- deleting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting cost (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting end node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting geometry (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting name (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting node IDs (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting number of links (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting start node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- invalid (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- minimum cost (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- returning all (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting geometry (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting name (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- simple (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- subpaths (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- temporary (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- paths getting maximum path ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- path-based access to repository resources (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- path-index trigger
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- path-link table
-
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- pattern
-
- check if it exists in BFILE using instr (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- see if it exists IN LOB using (instr)
-
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- Pattern Matching (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- Pattern matching (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- pattern matching (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- table names during import (Utilities)
- pattern-matching conditions (SQL Language Reference)
- PAUSE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAUSE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAUSE_PROFILER function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- payloads
-
- ANYDATA wrappers for (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Internet operations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- restrictions (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- structured (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformations with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- XMLType (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- payment schedules (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- for loan interest (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- for loans (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- PBMF image format (Multimedia Reference)
- PC X server
-
- installing from (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- pcbcfg.cfg file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pccfor.cfg file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- PCDATA, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- PCM lock
-
- mapping blocks to (Reference)
- pcmake.bat (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- pcscfg.cfg configuration file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- pcscfg.cfg file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- PCT_ACCESS_DIRECT statistics
-
- for index-organized tables (SQL Language Reference)
- PCTFREE parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- value for complex materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- PCTFREE storage parameter
-
- how it works (Concepts)
- PCTUSED and (Concepts)
- PCTINCREASE parameter (Administrator's Guide)
-
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- of STORAGE clause (SQL Language Reference)
- PCTINCREASE parameter, recommended value for LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PCTTHRESHOLD parameter
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- PCTUSED parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX. See CREATE TABLE
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- value for complex materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- PCTUSED storage parameter
-
- how it works (Concepts)
- PCTFREE and (Concepts)
- PCTVERSION (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PCTVERSION parameter
-
- of LOB storage (SQL Language Reference)
- of LOB storage clause (SQL Language Reference)
- PCXF image format (Multimedia Reference)
- PCXRLE image compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- PD (positional descriptor) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PDA (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PDA, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- pdb file (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PDF file containing online help (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- PDF results using FOP (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- PDS (partitioned dataset) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- peeking
-
- bind variables (Performance Tuning Guide)
- peer-to-peer replication. See multimaster replication
- pending area for Database Resource Manager plans (Administrator's Guide)
-
- validating plan schema changes (Administrator's Guide)
- pending DML
-
- viewing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- pending transaction tables (Administrator's Guide)
- pending updates (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PeopleSoft
-
- importing metadata (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- PERCENT_RANK (aggregate) function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK (analytic) function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK function (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENTAGE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- PERCENTAGE_TO_MEASURE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PERCENTILE_CONT function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENTILE_DISC function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- performance
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #13] (Reference)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- aggregates by services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- application contexts (Security Guide)
- array binding (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- avoid memory overhead (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- avoiding problems (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- balancing against data availability (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- balancing against data protection (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- causes of poor (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- choosing a database character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- comprehensive global data (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- concurrent processes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- configuring I/O (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- connection pooling (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- considerations with LOB (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DSS database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- during OCI Unicode character set conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- dynamic performance tables (V$) (Concepts)
- eliminating extra parsing to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- emergencies (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Enterprise Manager tools (Data Guard Broker)
- fine-tuning FetchSize (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- group commits (Concepts)
- guidelines
-
- reading/writing large data chunks (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading/writing large data chunks, temporary LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- improvement (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- improvement method (Performance Tuning Guide)
- improvement method steps (Performance Tuning Guide)
- improving (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- improving when using integrity constraints (Utilities)
- index build (Concepts)
- index column order (Administrator's Guide)
- issues when using external tables (Utilities)
- location of datafiles and (Administrator's Guide)
- mainframe (Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring activity by wait events, services, and instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring database throughput (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring global cache block access (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring memory on Windows (Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring potential problems in the database (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- native compilation (Java Developer's Guide)
- network data model API (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- number of rows fetched (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Obtaining LOB Data (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- of SQL statements (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- optimizing
-
- executeArrayUpdate method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setDataBuffer method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- optimizing for direct path loads (Utilities)
- optimizing reading of SQL*Loader datafiles (Utilities)
- optimizing SQL statements to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager tools (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Streams (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Streams AQ and RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Streams Performance Advisor (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- gathering information (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams components (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- viewing statistics (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Streams replication
-
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- Oracle Virtual Private Database policies (Security Guide)
- Oracle Virtual Private Database policy types (Security Guide)
- over dial-up lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- packages (Concepts)
- persistent messaging (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- prefixed and nonprefixed indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- primary components affecting (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- propagation tuning (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue table indexes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reasons for poor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
-
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- resource limits and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- rule sets, order of rule run (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- serial processes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- service aggregates by instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service aggregates by waits (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shared pool (Reference)
- shared servers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- sort operations (Concepts)
- storage parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- tools for diagnosing and tuning (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning original Import (Utilities)
- UNIX-based systems (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using ADDM (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using embedded PL/SQL to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using hints (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- using HOLD_CURSOR to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using host arrays to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using indexes to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using query rewrite (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- using RELEASE_CURSOR to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using row-level locking to improve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using SQL Access Advisor (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- using SQL Tuning Advisor (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- viewing execution plans (Performance Tuning Guide)
- wildcard searches (Text Reference)
- Windows (Performance Tuning Guide)
- -Dlimit parameter (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- performance and tuning information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- for Spatial operators (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- performance counters (OLAP User's Guide)
- performance effect
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports
-
- Resource Profiles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- System Resource Limits Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- performance enhancements
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- with fetch reblocking (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- performance enhancements, standard vs. Oracle (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- performance evaluation
-
- overview and concepts (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- performance extensions
-
- defining column types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- TABLE_REMARKS reporting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- performance monitoring, DMS support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- performance optimization (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- performance page
-
- Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- Performance page customization (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- performance problems
-
- common (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- CPU (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- diagnosing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- disk (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- memory (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- real-time (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- transient (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Performance Tool Box Agent (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- performance tools
-
- Database Control, realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- STATSPACK utility
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- TKPROF utility
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- performance tuning (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- application managed data buffering (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- array fetch using next() method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data buffering (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Data Pump (Utilities)
- querying (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- short waits
-
- definition of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- updating index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- performance tuning tools (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- performance tuning, RMAN
-
- backup performance (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- LARGE_POOL_SIZE initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- long waits (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- performance tunning (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- connection sharing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- reading and writing multiple LOBs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- shared server environments (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- thread safety (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- thread safety (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- transparent application failover (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- performance, Oracle Label Security
-
- ANALYZE command (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- indexes (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- label tag strategy (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- partitioning (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- READ privilege (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- performing a stack trace (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- period (.)
-
- terminating PL/SQL blocks (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- period to date (OLAP User's Guide)
- periodic purges
-
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- periodic pushes
-
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- Perl-influenced extensions to POSIX standard (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PERMANENT clause
-
- of ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- permission
-
- Oracle-specific (Java Developer's Guide)
- types (Java Developer's Guide)
- Permission class (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
- permission programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- permissions
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- administrating (Java Developer's Guide)
- assigning (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- assigning to an object definition (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating (Java Developer's Guide)
- CRS commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- debugging (Java Developer's Guide)
- default (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- deleting (Java Developer's Guide)
- disabling (Java Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Java Developer's Guide)
- for data file directories (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- for Oracle base directory (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- granting (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- granting policy (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- granting, example (Java Developer's Guide)
- grouped into roles (Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVA_ADMIN role (Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVADEBUGPRIV role (Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVASYSPRIV role (Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVAUSERPRIV role (Java Developer's Guide)
- limiting (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- limiting, example (Java Developer's Guide)
- listing for a resource with crs_getperm (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PUBLIC (Java Developer's Guide)
- recalculating permission (OLAP DML Reference)
- required for CRS commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- restricting (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- restricting, example (Java Developer's Guide)
- run-time facilities (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- specifying conditions for accessing (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying policy (Java Developer's Guide)
- SYS permission (Java Developer's Guide)
- types (Java Developer's Guide)
- violations of (OLAP DML Reference)
- permissions file (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- permissions to execute PL/SQL packages (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PERMIT command (OLAP DML Reference)
- PERMIT_READ program (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- PERMIT_WRITE program (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- PERMITERROR option (OLAP DML Reference)
- PERMITRESET command (OLAP DML Reference)
- persistence models of XML data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- persistent and temporary LOB instances (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- persistent copies of objects (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- persistent LCRs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- persistent messaging
-
- compared to buffered (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- performance (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- tuning (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- persistent objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- meta-attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standalone objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- types
-
- embedded objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- nonreferenceable objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- referenceable objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standalone objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- persistent queue
-
- definition of, in publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- persistent queues
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- statistics (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- persistent socket transaction type
-
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- persistent transaction type, for gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- persistent transactions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- persistent user messages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Personal Digital Assistant, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Personal Edition database
-
- installation (Data Guard Broker)
- per-process max locked memory
-
- VLM Window size and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pessimistic locking (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- pet magnet (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- gist (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- illustration (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- themes (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- pfile settings (OLAP User's Guide)
- PG Data Dictionary
-
- See PG DD
- PG DD
-
- after upgrade (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- allowing multiple users (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating public synonyms for multiple users (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- install script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- installing for gateway configuration (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- no access from earlier PGAU versions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- packages
-
- dropping after de-installing the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- dropping after removing the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- restoring previous version (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- tables (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- upgrade when upgrading gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using PGAU to upgrade existing entries (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PG DD (Data Dictionary) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- active dictionary (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- sequence numbers (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- versioning (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- active dictionary tables
-
- pga_call (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_call_parm (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data_attr (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data_values (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_fields (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_attr (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_calls (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_values (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data definitions for parameters over 32K in length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- datatype conversion support for COBOL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition names
-
- valid characters in (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- diagnostic
-
- options (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- references (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- entries, creating a TIP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- environment dictionary tables (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- pga_modes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_usage (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in writing PGAU statements (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- keyword form in storage (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- maintenance (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- overview (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- preparing client application
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- purpose of REPORT command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- relationship to PGAU (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- remote transaction definitions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- ROLLBACK command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- select scripts (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- storage of information needed for PGAU GENERATE to perform (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- transaction attributes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- USAGE (SKIP) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- version definition tables (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pg4tcpmap table (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- see PGA_TCP_IMSC table
- pg4tcpmap tool (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #14] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #15] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- calling, to map DEFINE TRANSACITON parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- commands to operate PGA_TCP_IMSC table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- description and function in the gateway (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- in mapping input parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in remote transaction initiation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- in remote transaction initiation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- function in remote transaction initiation (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- output sample (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- preparation for populating PGA_TCP_IMSC table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- setting parameters in initsid.ora (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- to map SideProfile name (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA
-
- administrator (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- initialization files
-
- initPGAI.ora and initPGAU.ora (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- initPGAI.ora and initPGAU.ora (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA Advisor
-
- description (2 Day DBA)
- PGA parameters
-
- described (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- list of, for gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using
-
- SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_CAPABILITY (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #10] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- choosing settings (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- choosing settings (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- options for updating foreign databases (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- options for updating foreign databases (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- protections against data problems (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- protections against data problems (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_CAPABILITY, for gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_CONFIRM (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- choosing settings (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- choosing settings (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_LOG_DB (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_LOG_PASS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_LOG_USER (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_RECOVERY_PASS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_RECOVERY_TPNAME (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_RECOVERY_USER (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=NONE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=NONE, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=SAME, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PGA_TCP_PASS
-
- for gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- for gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA target
-
- setting (2 Day DBA)
- PGA, instance
-
- definition (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- PGA_AGGREGATE_TARGET initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #8] (Reference)
- PGA_AGGREGATE_TARGET, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- pga_call table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_call_parm table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_CAPABILITY
-
- See PGA parameters
- PGA_CC_PENDING table
-
- commit-confirm transaction log (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_compilers table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_CONFIRM
-
- See PGA parameters for gateway using SNA or TCP/IP
- pga_data table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data_attr (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data_values table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_datatype_attr table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_datatype_values table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_datatypes table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_env_attr table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_env_values table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_environments table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_fields table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_maint table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_modes constant (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE
-
- See PGA parameters
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE parameter
-
- and TCP/IP security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=NONE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=NONE, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=SAME, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PGA_TCP_DB
-
- PGA parameter
-
- for gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- for gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_TCP_DB parameter (TCP/IP only) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_TCP_DB PGA parameter (TCP/IP only) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_TCP_IMSC table (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- content and parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- for mapping SNA parameters to TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- loading, on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- querying (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_TCP_PASS (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_TCP_PASS parameter (TCP/IP only) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_TCP_PASS PGA parameter (TCP/IP only) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGA_TCP_USER (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA_TCP_USER parameter (TCP/IP only) (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pga_trans table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_attr table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_calls table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_values table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_usage (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_usage constant (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAADMIN (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- creating the gateway administrator user ID (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- granting access to additional users (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- granting execution privileges on DBMS_PIPE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initial password during creation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgaccau.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgacclg.asm file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgacics.sql (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgacics.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgacr8au.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgadb2c.cob file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgadb2i file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgadb2i.pkb (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgadb2i.pkb file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgadb2i.pkh file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgadb2i.sql file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgadb2id.sql file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgaecho.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgaflip.asm file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgaflip.jcl file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGAI
-
- setting up (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgaidms.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgaims file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgaims.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgaims.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgaimsc.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGAINIT (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- role in mapping SNA parameters to TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAINIT function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAINIT TIP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgamvs.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgareco.asm file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgasna.export file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PGATCTL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATERM (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGATERM function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgatiptr.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGATRAC (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- accesses definitions in PG DD (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- commands- also called "statements" (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- COMMIT processing (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- control files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defining and testing a TIP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- used to generate TIP specifications (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- used to generate TIP specifications (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- used to generate TIP specifications (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition versioning (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definitions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- functions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- generation (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- interpretation of COBOL symbols in datatype conversion (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- invoking (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- keywords (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- known restrictions in this release (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- overview (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- purpose of PGDL (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- restoring previous versions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- role in calling TIPs, on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- ROLLBACK processing (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample input (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- setting up (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- upgrading existing PG DD entries (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- writing statements (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- -generated TIP specifications (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- -generated TIP specifications use UTL_PG (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- -generated TIP specifications use UTL_RAW (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGAU commands
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- CONNECT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- CONNECT, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE CALL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- call list (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE DATA
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- COBOL COPY REPLACE restrictions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- COBOL COPY REPLACE restrictions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE DATA, datatype conversions
-
- USAGE (ASIS) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- USAGE (PASS) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- USAGE (SKIP) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE PGAU, call list (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- defining correlation between TIP and RTP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DESCRIBE (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DESCRIBE, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DISCONNECT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DISCONNECT, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXECUTE (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXECUTE, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXIT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXIT, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- formatting of Call and Transaction reports (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- four main types, in control file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- GENERATE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #12] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #13] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #14] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #15] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- error messages (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- problem analysis (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- produces TIP in output files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- produces TIP in output files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- produces TIP in output files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- produces TIP in output files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- support and non-support for parameters over 32K length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- to upgrade existing TIPs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- to upgrade existing TIPs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- to upgrade existing TIPs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- to upgrade existing TIPs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- traces (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- GROUP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- HOST (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PRINT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REDEFINE DATA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REM (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REM, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REPORT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REPORT, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SET (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SET, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SHOW (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SHOW, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SPOOL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SPOOL, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE CALL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE CALL, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE DATA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE DATA, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE TRANSACTION (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE TRANSACTION, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE, sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- VARIABLE (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- VARIABLE, parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU script file
-
- adding spool and echo (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- creating (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgau.trc file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgavsn.sql file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGAXFER (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAXFER function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGDD
-
- compatibility issues between new and older gateways (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGDD (Data Dictionary)
-
- environment sequence numbers (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgddadev.sql
-
- file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddapub.sql
-
- file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddausr.sql file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgddcr8.sql file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgddcr8.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddcr8r.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddcr8s.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGDDDEF role (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgdddel.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGDDGEN role (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- adding a privilege for upgrading PG DD entries (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddupgr.sql script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGDL (Procedural Gateway Definition Language)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGM package
-
- description (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- error code definitions (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- unsupported MQI calls (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_BQM package (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP package (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- description (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQGMO type definition
-
- description (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQMD type definition (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- PGM_SUP constants (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQOD type definition
-
- PGM_SUP constants (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQOPEN procedure
-
- error condition 2085 (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQPMO type definition
-
- description (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgm.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM8.MQOPEN procedure
-
- error condition 2085 (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGMADMIN (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgmbqm8.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgmdeploy8.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGMDEV role (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGMF image format (Multimedia Reference)
- pgmsup8.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgmundeploy.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgtflip (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflip.pkb (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflip.pkb file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflip.pkh (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflip.pkh file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflip.sql file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflipd (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflipd.sql (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgtflipd.sql file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pgvwbremove9.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgvwbrepos9.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- phantom reads (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PHASE_COMPLETED column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- phases
-
- cloning deployment (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cloning preparation (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- phonetic writing systems, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- photogrammetry
-
- description (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- photometric interpretation (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- PHP (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- application logic (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- cascading style sheet (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- character sets (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating files (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- determining user locale (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- display_errors directive (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- error_reporting directive (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- establishing environment (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- externalizing translatable strings (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- GD graphicsextension (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- globalizing your application (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- here document (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- HTML page encoding (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- NULL values (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- oci8.max_persistent (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- oci8.persistent_timeout (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- oci8.ping_interval (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- translating HTML and GIF files (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- PHP functions
-
- ui_print_footer() (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- ui_print_header() (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- phrase query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- physical attributes clause
-
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- physical backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- physical block corruption (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- physical database structures
-
- control files (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- physical design (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- structures (Data Warehousing Guide)
- physical guesses in logical rowids (Concepts)
-
- staleness (Concepts)
- statistics for (Concepts)
- physical layer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- physical names
-
- physical name mode (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- syntax for physical object names (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- physical RAM requirements (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- physical reads from cache statistic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- physical rowids (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- physical standby database
-
- activating (SQL Language Reference)
- converting to snapshot standby database (SQL Language Reference)
- physical standby databases (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
-
- applying redo data (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- Redo Apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying redo log files
-
- starting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- benefits (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuration options (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- converting to a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating
-
- checklist of tasks (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuring a listener (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initialization parameters for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- traditional initialization parameter file (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- with Data Guard broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failover
-
- checking for updates (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- flashing back after failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- managing parallel apply (Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- opening for read-only or read/write access (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- read-only (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- real-time query (High Availability Overview)
- recovering through OPEN RESETLOGS (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- resynchronizing with primary database branch of redo (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role transition and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- rolling forward with BACKUP INCREMENTAL FROM SCN command (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- shutting down (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting
-
- apply services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- real-time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- state transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- switchover to the primary role (Data Guard Broker)
- synchronizing with the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tuning the log apply rate (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- upgrading (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using transportable tablespaces (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical storage
-
- GeoRaster objects (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- physical table name
-
- and Workspace Manager infrastructure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- getting (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- PIC 9 (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PIC G (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- datatypes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PIC G datatype conversions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PIC G datatypes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PIC G for Globalization Support characters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PIC N for Globalization Support characters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PIC X (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PIC X datatypes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PICT image format (Multimedia Reference)
- PICX precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PIECED parameter
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- piecewise binds and defines for LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- piecewise fetch (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PIECEWISE member procedure
-
- of ANYDATA TYPE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of ANYDATASET TYPE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- piecewise operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- fetch (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- in PL/SQL (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- insert (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- update (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- valid datatypes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- pin count (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- pin duration
-
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- pinning (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- pinning an object's display (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- pinning objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- pipe (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- pipe interface, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PIPE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- PIPE ROW statement
-
- for returning rows incrementally (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Pipeline Definition Language (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Pipeline Definition Language, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- PIPELINED (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- function option (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PIPELINED clause
-
- of CREATE FUNCTION (SQL Language Reference)
- pipelined functions
-
- exception handling (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- fetching from results of (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for querying a table (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- passing data with cursor variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- performing DML operations inside (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- performing DML operations on (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- returning results from (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- transformation of data (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- transformations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- writing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- pipelined table functions (Concepts)
- pipelines
-
- between table functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- returning results from table functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- support collection types (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using table functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- writing table functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- pipelining
-
- definition (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- pivot operations (SQL Language Reference)
-
- examples (SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (SQL Language Reference)
- pivot_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- pivoting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- pivoting cube edges, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- PIX Firewall firewall (2 Day + Security Guide)
- pixelOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- pizza shredder (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PKCS #11 devices (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- PKCS #11 error messages
-
- ORA-40300 (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- ORA-40301 (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- ORA-40302 (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- PKCS #7 certificate chain (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- difference from X.509 certificate (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- PKENCODE function (Text Reference)
- PKGEX(DC) diagnostic option (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PKGEX(DR)
-
- GENERATE diagnostic option (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PKI (Concepts)
-
- See public key infrastructure (PKI)
- pkREFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- PL/I
-
- BASED variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- labels (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- preprocessor not supported (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of apostrophes in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of pointers in embedded SQL (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- PL/I datatypes
-
- allowed in SQL declare section (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CHARACTER VARYING (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- FIXED DECIMAL (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- supported by Oracle Precompilers (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- PL/Scope
-
- toggling identifier collection (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- PL/Scope tool (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #14] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #15] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #16] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #17] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #18] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #19] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #20] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #21] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- administering services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- advantages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- and LOBs, semantics changes (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- and the SQLCA (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- anonymous block
-
- used to open a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous blocks (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- application procedures and functions (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- architecture (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- assigning Boolean values (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- assigning query result to variable (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- assigning values to variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- auditing of statements within (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- bind variables
-
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- binding and defining nested tables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- binding and defining REF CURSORS (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- binding placeholders (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- blocks
-
- structure (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- blocks in executable statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- blocks, embedded in Oracle7 precompiler programs (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- blocks, PL/SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BOOLEAN type (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- call (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- calling function in anyco.php (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calling Java from (Java Developer's Guide)
- calling packaged procedure (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- canceling cursors with (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CASE expressions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- changing locator-data linkage (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- character sets (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- client applications (Multimedia User's Guide)
- CLOB variables in (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOB variables in PL/SQL (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOB versus VARCHAR2 comparison (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOBs passed in like VARCHAR2s (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- code (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- code generator (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- collection types (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collections
-
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- comments (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- comparisons (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler limitations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler parameter settings (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compile-time warnings (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- configuration (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- configuring your environment (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- constants (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- control structures (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- creating VPD policies (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- creating Web applications and pages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor FOR loop (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cv_types.et_employees() packaged procedure (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- data abstraction (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- data length limits (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- database triggers (Concepts)
- datatype equivalents (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- converted to RAW (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- converted to RAW (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- converted to RAW (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in a stored procedure definition (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- numeric codes for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOB package compared with OCI (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- debugging (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- declarations
-
- constants (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defining a CLOB Variable on a VARCHAR (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- defining output variables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- demo directory (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- deploying PL/SQL scripts for transparent tables (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- developing TIPs (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- difference from SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- differences from C and C++ (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- displaying output (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DRDA stored procedures (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- dynamic SQL (Concepts)
- embedded (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- embedded PL/SQL (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- enabling a trace (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- engine (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- environment (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- error handling
-
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- errors (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- examples (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- exception (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- exception handling (Concepts)
- exceptions (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- executing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing a block using the AT clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- expressions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- external procedures (Concepts)
- formatting output in SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- freeing temporary LOBs automatically and manually (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- function in the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- DBMS_MGWADM package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- return values for (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- gateway (Concepts)
- generating XML with DBMS_XMLQuery (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- hiding or obfuscating source code (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- HTML tags (Multimedia User's Guide)
- input data (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- installing missing packages (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- integrating with server (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- integration with database server (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- integration with server (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- invoking DG4APPC (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- language constructs (Concepts)
- lexical units (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- limit on BLOB size (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- limitations of programs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- limits on programs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- listing definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- literals (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- loading data (Multimedia User's Guide)
- logical operators (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- main advantage of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- media queries (Multimedia User's Guide)
- mode in SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mode of a parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- name resolution (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- naming algorithms (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- delimiters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- duplicate names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- qualified compound names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- naming conventions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- native execution (Concepts)
- new features, Preface (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- object views (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- opening a cursor variable
-
- anonymous block (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ORDExcel package (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- ORDMAPI package (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- ORDPPT package (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- ORDWord package (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- out bind variables (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- output data (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overloaded procedures (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- package (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- packages (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- summarized (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- unwrapped bodies (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Unwrapped PL/SQL Package Bodies Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parse locks (Concepts)
- parsing DDL statements (Concepts)
- performance problems (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- piecewise operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL engine (Concepts)
-
- products containing (Concepts)
- PL/SQL tables (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- portability (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- procedural aspects (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- procedures (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- DBMS_MGWADM package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- procedures and functions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- profiling and tracing programs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- program body
-
- of CREATE FUNCTION (SQL Language Reference)
- program units (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
-
- compiled (Concepts)
- compiled (Concepts)
- shared SQL areas and (Concepts)
- querying data (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- record format (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- RECORD type
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- cannot be bound to a C struct (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- records (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- recreating labels for import (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- relationship with SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- removing packages (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- replaced views and program units (Administrator's Guide)
- reserved words (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving media (Multimedia User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- roles in procedures (Security Guide)
- routine (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- running in background (Application Express User's Guide)
- running pgatiptr.sql script to create routines (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SA_UTL package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample program (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- scope of identifiers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Server Pages (PSPs) (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- setting SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- standard Oracle (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- statements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- stored procedure (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- stored procedures (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- subprogram (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- invoking (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax of language elements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- TABLE type (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- transaction processing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- transferring data
-
- using RAW datatype (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- trigger bodies (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- trusted stored program units (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- tuning code (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- tuning computation-intensive programs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- tuning dynamic SQL programs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- uploading media (Multimedia User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- user locks (Concepts)
- user-defined record (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- user-defined records (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- uses in OCI applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using in OCI applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using in OCI programs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using NOCOPY for tuning (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using transformation pipelines (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UTL_HTTP package (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Multimedia Reference)
- UTL_I18N package (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- UTL_PG package function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UTL_RAW function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UTL_RAW package installation
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- variable names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- datatype conversion (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- variables (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- verifying packages exist (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- warning messages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Web applications (Multimedia User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- within SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapper (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- writing reusable code (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL and SQL and Unicode (Globalization Support Guide)
- PL/SQL and SQL examples (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL API
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- CreateObject (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- DestroyObject (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- GetArg (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- GetLastError (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- GetProperty (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- InitArg (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- InitOutArg (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Invoke (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SetArg (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SetProperty (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL APIs
-
- AddRecipient (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- AddSlide (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CreateExcelWorkSheet (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CreateMAPISession (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CreatePresentation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CreateWordObject (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- EndMAPISession (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Exit (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- ExitExcel (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- FileClose (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- FileLoad (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- FileNew (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- FileSave (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- FileSaveAs (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- FormatFontSize (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- InsertChart (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- InsertData (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- InsertNewLine (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- InsertText (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- NewMessage (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PresentationClose (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PresentationSave (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PresentationSaveAs (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SaveExcelFile (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SendMessage (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SetBody (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SetSubject (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- SetTitle (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Architecture (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Associative Array binding (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL bind variables (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL block execution
-
- effect on SQLCA components (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL blocks
-
- embedded in Oracle7 precompiler programs (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- embedded in precompiler programs (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- executing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL bulk collect feature (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL code
-
- handling existing PL/SQL code (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- searching for (Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL compiler
-
- parameters (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL Components (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL conversion functions see conversion functions, PL/SQL
- PL/SQL cursor variables (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL data types, special support (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL demo files for GeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL demonstrations (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- PL/SQL editing
-
- disabling for workspace (Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL examples
-
- network data model (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL factor functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL Finder (Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL function result cache (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL functions
-
- calling in contains (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- See functions, PL/SQL
- PL/SQL functions, remote (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL gateway (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- embedded (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Gateway feature (Multimedia User's Guide)
- PL/SQL hierarchical profiler (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Index-By Tables (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL index-by tables (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- mapping (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scalar data types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL kernel demonstrations (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- PL/SQL language (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL mappings (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- PL/SQL Native Compilation (Upgrade Guide)
- PL/SQL native compilation (Installation Guide for Linux)
- PL/SQL native compilaton (Installation Guide for Linux)
- PL/SQL package
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- components (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- contents
-
- package specification (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- package specification (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DBMS_HS_PARALLEL (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PIPE (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- developer access to (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- enabled (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- execute authority (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- functions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- grants required (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pagcics (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameter (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- See TIP
- specifying names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PL/SQL packages (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
- creating (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DBMS_METADATA (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB_ADMIN
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB_VERSION (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDBT (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDBZ (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XEVENT
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLDOM (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLGEN (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLINDEX
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- See DBMS_XMLSCHEMA PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSTORE (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XSLPROCESSOR (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- for XMLType (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL packages for SECUREFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL packages see packages, PL/SQL
- PL/SQL procedures
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH_DROP_CHANGE_TABLE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE_CHANGE_SET (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE_CHANGE_TABLE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE.PURGE_WINDOW (Data Warehousing Guide)
- EXPLAIN_MVIEW (Performance Tuning Guide)
- See procedures, PL/SQL
- setting application context (Security Guide)
- TUNE_MVIEW (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PL/SQL program unit editing
-
- controlling (Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL REF CURSOR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL REF CURSOR and OracleRefCursor (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL sample applications
-
- Code Wizard for the PL/SQL Gateway application (Multimedia User's Guide)
- PL/SQL Web Toolkit Photo Album application (Multimedia User's Guide)
- PL/SQL sample programs (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL Server Pages
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- characteristics of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- developing (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- elements of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL source files output from SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL step (cube scripts) (OLAP User's Guide)
- PL/SQL stored procedure (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- changing trace level (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- starting up communication with mainframe (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- used for logging transactions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PL/SQL stored procedure specification
-
- also called "TIP"
- See PL/SQL package
- PL/SQL subprogram
-
- calling from Pro*COBOL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL subprograms
-
- creating (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- debugging (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- breakpoints (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- running (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- PL/SQL subprograms, translating top level (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL supplied packages
-
- supported (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- unsupported (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PL/SQL support (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL table (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PL/SQL tables
-
- returning (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL types
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- as transformations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- corresponding JDBC types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL Web Toolkit (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Web Toolkit Photo Album sample application (Multimedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- PL/SQL wrapper (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL wrapper functions see wrapper functions, PL/SQL
- placeholder expressions (SQL Language Reference)
- placeholder Source objects
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- placeholder, duplicate (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- naming (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in dynamic SQL statements (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- placeholders
-
- duplicate (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- proper order of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PLACEMENT attribute (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- placement of a resource (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- plain text
-
- bypassing filtering (Text Reference)
- filtering to (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- highlight markup (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- indexing with NULL_FILTER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- offsets for highlighting (Text Reference)
- plain text filtering (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PLAINTEXT function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PLAINTEXT procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- plan
-
- SQL execution (Concepts)
- plan schemas for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- validating plan changes (Administrator's Guide)
- plan stability (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- limitations of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- preserving execution plans (Performance Tuning Guide)
- procedures for the cost-based optimizer (Performance Tuning Guide)
- use of hints (Performance Tuning Guide)
- plan, execution (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PLAN_TABLE
-
- creating (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PLAN_TABLE sample table (SQL Language Reference)
- PLAN_TABLE table (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- BYTES column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CARDINALITY column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- COST column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- creating (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- displaying (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DISTRIBUTION column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- ID column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_INSTANCE column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_NAME column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_NODE column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_OWNER column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_TYPE column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OPERATION column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OPTIMIZER column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OPTIONS column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OTHER column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OTHER_TAG column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARENT_ID column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_ID column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_START column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_STOP column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- POSITION column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- REMARKS column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SEARCH_COLUMNS column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- STATEMENT_ID column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- TIMESTAMP column (Performance Tuning Guide)
- planar surfaces (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- planned activities
-
- probability of failure during (High Availability Overview)
- planned downtime
-
- avoiding downtime during (Concepts)
- causes (Concepts)
- planning
-
- for replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- internal networks
-
- availability (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- JDBC drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- listener queue size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocol conversion (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- scalability (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- tuning and performance (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Internet networks
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- availability (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- JDBC drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- scalability (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- tuning and performance (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- plans
-
- star transformations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- plans for Database Resource Manager
-
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- platform migrations
-
- using Oracle Streams (High Availability Overview)
- platform, determining (OLAP DML Reference)
- PLS_INTEGER datatype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- overflow condition (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSCOPE_SETTINGS initialization parameter (Reference)
- PLSExtProc (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- plshprof utility (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PLSQL datatypes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- numeric literals (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- predefined (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_CCFLAGS initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_CODE_TYPE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- setting PL/SQL native compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_DEBUG initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_LINE flag
-
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_NATIVE_LIBRARY_DIR initialization parameter (Reference)
- PLSQL_NATIVE_LIBRARY_SUBDIR_COUNT initialization parameter (Reference)
- PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- optimizing PL/SQL programs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_TRACE_VERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PLSQL_UNIT flag
-
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_V2_COMPATIBILITY initialization parameter (Reference)
- PLSQL_WARNINGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQLAssociativeArray (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- plsqlfile option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- plsqlmap option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- plsqlpackage option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PLSQLRSet (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- connection string attribute for commands (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- plsql-dbms_output
-
- user-defined report example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- pluggable mappings
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- embedded (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- reusable (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- PLUGGABLE_SET_CHECK view (Reference)
- plugins (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- registering for record type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PLUSTRACE
-
- creating role (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- role (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PM schema
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- general description (Sample Schemas)
- [subentry #2] (Sample Schemas)
- installing (Sample Schemas)
- scripts (Sample Schemas)
- PM user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- Pmarkers
-
- with PCT (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PMML
-
- decision tree (Data Mining Concepts)
- PMON background process (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- application contexts, cleaning up (Security Guide)
- PMON process (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- pmscfg.cfg file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- PNAME
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- PNG image format
-
- support by GeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- PNGF image format (Multimedia Reference)
- PNMF image format (Multimedia Reference)
- PNO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PObject class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- point
-
- data (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- illustration and examples of point-only geometry (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- locating on geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- LRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- on surface of polygon (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- oriented point (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- projection of onto geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- shape (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- point clouds
-
- clipping (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- converting to geometry (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dropping dependencies (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting point IDs (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- initializing (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- modeling solids as (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- subprograms (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- point geometries
-
- adding (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- point of interest (POI)
-
- GC_POI_<suffix> table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- point of recoverability
-
- recovery window (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- POINT_AT_BEARING function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- pointer
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- to cursor variables
-
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- pointer to
-
- CTX_ADM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- pointer variables
-
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- determining size of referenced value (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- referencing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- referencing struct members with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- pointers
-
- REF CIRSOR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use of in PL/I (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- point-in-time recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- clone database (Concepts)
- Oracle Streams (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- performing
-
- with current control file (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- tablespace (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- point-to-point
-
- support in AQ (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- point-to-point messages
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- POISSON_DIST_FIT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policies
-
- applying to schemas (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- applying to tables (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- enforcement guidelines (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- enforcement options (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- multiple (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- privileges (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- RLS restriction relating to SDO_FILTER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- terminology (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- policy (Text Reference)
-
- create script (Text Reference)
- duplicate with script (Text Reference)
- report describing (Text Reference)
- policy changes, monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- policy for ora:contains XPath function (Oracle)
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- policy label column
-
- indexing (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting data when hidden (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- introduction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving hidden (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- storing label tag (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- policy table
-
- managing (Java Developer's Guide)
- modifying (Java Developer's Guide)
- setting permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- viewing (Java Developer's Guide)
- policy, array handling (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- policy_DBA role (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- POLICY_FILTER procedure (Text Reference)
- POLICY_GIST procedure (Text Reference)
- POLICY_HIGHLIGHT procedure (Text Reference)
- POLICY_MARKUP procedure (Text Reference)
- POLICY_SNIPPET procedure (Text Reference)
- POLICY_THEMES procedure
-
- syntax (Text Reference)
- POLICY_TOKENS procedure
-
- syntax (Text Reference)
- PolicyTable class
-
- specifying policy (Java Developer's Guide)
- updating (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- PolicyTableManager class
-
- delete method (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable method (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable method (Java Developer's Guide)
- PolicyTablePermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- policy-based document services (Text Reference)
- polling (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- polygon
-
- area of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- boundary of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- buffer (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- centroid (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- compound (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- exterior and interior rings (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- point on surface (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-crossing not supported (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-intersecting polygons (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- with hole (LRS measure values) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- polygon collection (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- polygon data (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- polygon geometries
-
- adding (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- POLYGONTOLINE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- polymorphism (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- See also substitutability
- POOL (POO) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PoolConfig() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- pooled connection
-
- releasing (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- pooled tables (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- pools, connection (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- POP command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- popping a whole series at once (OLAP DML Reference)
- POPLEVEL command (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- nesting (OLAP DML Reference)
- using (OLAP DML Reference)
- populate index parameter (Text Reference)
- populate parameter (Text Reference)
- populate() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- POPULATE_PENDING (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PopulateFeatureTypeXMLInfo procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- populating
-
- alias dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- measure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- populating an OracleDataReader from a REF CURSOR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- populating an OracleRefCursor from a REF CURSOR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- populating the DataSet from a REF CURSOR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Popup List of Values (Application Express User's Guide)
- Popup LOV template
-
- Application (Application Express User's Guide)
- Buttons (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Pagination (Application Express User's Guide)
- Result Set (Application Express User's Guide)
- Search Field (Application Express User's Guide)
- Subscription (Application Express User's Guide)
- Window (Application Express User's Guide)
- port
-
- designated for notification (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- port 1024 (Net Services Reference)
- port 1521
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
- if not using (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- port 1575 (Net Services Reference)
- port 1630 (Net Services Reference)
- port 1646 (Net Services Reference)
- port 1830 (Net Services Reference)
- port 2483 (Net Services Reference)
- port 2484 (Net Services Reference)
- PORT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- port number
-
- defining listener (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- finding (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database Vault (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- port numbers
-
- managing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- port numbers, allowed (Net Services Reference)
- PORT_STRING function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- portability (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- porting
-
- client application to .NET stored procedure (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- portlist.ini file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ports
-
- access URLs (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Cluster Manager, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Cluster Synchronization Services, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- configured for applications (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- configuring
-
- FTP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HTTP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HTTPS (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Connection Manager, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Data Guard, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- default ranges (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- iSQL*Plus
-
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- iSQL*Plus, changing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- iSQL*Plus, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Cluster Registry (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Clusterware (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Clusterware, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Management Agent
-
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Management Agent HTTP, changing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Enterprise Management Agent, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Console
-
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Console, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control, changing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Event Manager, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters
-
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (RAC), ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle SQL*Net Listener
-
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle SQL*Net Listener, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Ultra Search
-
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Ultra Search, changing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Ultra Search, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle XML DB (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle XML DB, changing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle XML DB, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- privileged (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- Portuguese
-
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- POSITION column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- position method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
- description (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- POSITION parameter
-
- using with data containing tabs (Utilities)
- with multiple SQL*Loader INTO TABLE clauses (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- positional descriptor (PD) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- positional iterators
-
- accessing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- instantiating and populating (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- navigation with next() (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- positional parameter association (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- positioned (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- deletes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- positioned delete (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- positioned update (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- positioning in result sets (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- positions
-
- CompoundCursor (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Cursor (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parent starting and ending (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- ValueCursor (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- POSITIVE
-
- BINARY_INTEGER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- positive infinity (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- positive rule sets
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- positive zero (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- POSITIVEN
-
- BINARY_INTEGER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- POSIX regular expression standard (SQL Language Reference)
- POSIX standard
-
- extensions to
-
- multilingual (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Perl-influenced (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in regular expressions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- metacharacters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- post processing
-
- distributed databases
-
- reducing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- POST_INSTANTIATION_SETUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- posting
-
- definition of, in publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- posting for notification (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- postinstallation (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- postinstallation steps for OLTP
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- postinstallation tasks
-
- configuration assistants (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Instant Client-to-database connection (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- post-installation
-
- patch download and install (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- product configuration (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- recommended tasks
-
- client static library, generating (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- client static library, generating (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Instant Client Light, configuring (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- root.sh script, backing up (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- root.sh script, backing up (Installation Guide for Linux)
- user accounts, setting up (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- user accounts, setting up (Installation Guide for Linux)
- required tasks (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- configuring GCC as the primary compiler (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring Oracle Messaging Gateway (Installation Guide for Linux)
- installing natively compiled Java Libraries for Oracle JVM and Oracle Multimedia (Installation Guide for Linux)
- installing Oracle Text supplied knowledge bases (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Instant Client, connecting with (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Label Security, configuring (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Net Services, configuring (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Net Services, configuring (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Precompilers (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Precompilers (Installation Guide for Linux)
- patches, installing and downloading (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- patches, installing and downloading (Installation Guide for Linux)
- root.sh back up (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- user accounts setup (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- post-installation steps for OLTP
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- post-installation tasks
-
- configuring embedded PL/SQL gateway (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring Oracle Application Server 11g (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring Oracle HTTP Server (new) (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring Oracle HTTP Server 9.0.3 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- installing other languages (Installation Guide for Linux)
- logging in to Application Express (Installation Guide for Linux)
- obfuscating passwords (Installation Guide for Linux)
- post-parse persistence of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- post-processed SQL functions
-
- overview (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- post-processing
-
- native semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL tracing in the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- pound sign (#) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- POUTFILEUNIT option (OLAP DML Reference)
- power demand cartridge example (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- demo file (extdemo1.sql) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- POWER function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- POWERMULTISET function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- POWERMULTISET_BY_CARDINALITY function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- PPMF image format (Multimedia Reference)
- PQ_DISTRIBUTE hint (SQL Language Reference)
- PRAGMA
-
- compiler directive with AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler directive with EXCEPTION_INIT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler directive with RESTRICT_REFERENCES (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler directive with SERIALLY_REUSABLE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PRAGMA clause
-
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PRAGMA RESTRICT_REFERENCES (SQL Language Reference)
- pragma RESTRICT_REFERENCES (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- PRAGMA_EXCEPTION_INIT procedure
-
- assigning exception names (Administrator's Guide)
- pragmas
-
- AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler directives (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- EXCEPTION_INIT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- INLINE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- RESTRICT_REFERENCES (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- overloaded package functions and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SERIALLY_REUSABLE (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- pre_geocoded_location element (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- pre_geocoded_locations attribute
-
- of route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PRE_INSTANTIATION_SETUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- PRE_PAGE_SGA initialization parameter (Reference)
- preamble (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- syntax of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- to a module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- prebuilt materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- prebuilt update conflict handlers
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- precedence
-
- of an Assignment (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- of conditions (SQL Language Reference)
- of numbers (SQL Language Reference)
- of operators (SQL Language Reference)
- precedence of operators (Text Reference)
-
- altering (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- equivalence operator (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- precedence of precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- precedence, operator (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- precision
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- extracting (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- in the FIXED DECIMAL PL/I datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- number of digits of (SQL Language Reference)
- of NUMBER datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- using sqlprc() to extract (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when not specified (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- precision and scale
-
- using the SQLPRC procedure to extract (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- precision of digits
-
- specifying (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PRECLOSE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRECLOSE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- precommit handlers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- precompilation
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- conditional (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- generated code (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- separate (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- precompilation unit (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- precompiled header files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- C++ restrictions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CODE option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PARSE option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- precompiler (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- precompiler command
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- issuing (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- optional arguments of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- required arguments (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- precompiler configuration files
-
- files
-
- precompiler configuration (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- precompiler default values (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- precompiler directives, EXEC SQL DECLARE DATABASE (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- precompiler executables
-
- relinking (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Precompiler options
-
- MODE (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- precompiler options
-
- abbrevating name (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- abbreviating name (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- alphabetized list (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI Dynamic SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ASACC (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ASSUME_SQLCODE (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- AUTO_CONNECT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- case sensitivity (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR_MAP (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CINCR (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CMAX (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CMIN (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CNOWAIT (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CODE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMON_NAME (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMON_PARSER (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMP_CHARSET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #8] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #10] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #11] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #12] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONFIG (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #10] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #11] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #12] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- configuration files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CPOOL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CPP_SUFFIX (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CTIMEOUT (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- current values (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DATE_FORMAT (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DB2_ARRAY (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DBMS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE_SECTION (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DEF_SQLCODE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default settings (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DEFINE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- determining current value (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- displaying (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- displaying syntax, default, purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DURATION (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DYNAMIC (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- END_OF_FETCH (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- entering (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- entering from a configuration file (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- entering inline (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- entering on the command line (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ERRORS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ERRTYPE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- FIPS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- FORMAT (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Globalization Support_LOCAL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- HEADER (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- HOLD_CURSOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- HOST (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- IMPLICIT_SVPT (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- INAME (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- INCLUDE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- inline versus on the command line (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- INTYPE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- IRECLEN (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LINES (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- list (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- list of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- LITDELIM (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LNAME (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LRECLEN (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LTYPE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- macro and micro (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- MAX_ROW_INSERT (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- MAXLITERAL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- MAXOPENCURSORS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- micro and macro (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- MODE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- MULTISUBPROG (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- name of the system configuration file (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- NATIVE_TYPES (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- NESTED (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- NLS_CHAR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- NLS_LOCAL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OBJECTS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ONAME (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ORACA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #12] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #13] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #14] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #15] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ORECLEN (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OUTLINE (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OUTLNPREFIX (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PAGELEN (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PARSE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PICX (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- precedence (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PREFETCH (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RELEASE_CURSOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- respecifying (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RUNOUTLINE (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- scope (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- scope of inline options (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- specifying (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLCHECK (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- STMT_CACHE (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SYS_INCLUDE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- table of how macro options set micro options (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- THREADS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- TYPE_CODE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- UNSAFE_NULL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- USERID (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- VARCHAR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- VERSION (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- XREF (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- precompiler README files (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- precompilers
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- advantages (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous blocks (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- applications
-
- changing (Upgrade Guide)
- upgrading options (Upgrade Guide)
- bind variables (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- compared to OCI (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- control of parsing and private SQL areas (Performance Tuning Guide)
- cursors (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- executables (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Globalization Support (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- language support (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Pro*C/C++ (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Pro*COBOL (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- requirements (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- running (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- running demonstrations (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- signals (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- upgrading applications (Upgrade Guide)
- uppercase to lowercase conversion (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- value of ireclen and oreclen (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- vendor debugger programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- with Oracle XA applications (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PRECOMPUTE statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- precomputed analysis results (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- preconfigured authentication schemes (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- Application Express Account Credentials (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Database Account Credentials (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- LDAP Credentials Verification (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- No Authentication (using DAD) (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Open Door Credentials (Application Express User's Guide)
- Oracle Application Server Single Sign-On (Application Express User's Guide)
- preconfigured database
-
- Automatic Storage Management disk space requirements (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirements when using Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- preconfigured database installation types (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- predefined exceptions
-
- raising explicitly (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- redeclaring (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- predefined PL/SQL datatypes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- predefined roles (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- predefined symbols (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- predefined transformations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- predefined user accounts (Administrator's Guide)
- predefined variable
-
- _CONNECT_IDENTIFIER (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _DATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _EDITOR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _O_RELEASE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _O_VERSION (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _PRIVILEGE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _RC (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _SQLPLUS_RELEASE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _USER (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- predetermined size fields
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- predetermined size LOBs (Utilities)
- predicate operators (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- predicate table (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
- querying (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- predicates
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- access mediation (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- dynamic
-
- in security policies (Concepts)
- errors (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- evaluating in a sparse predicate group (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- evaluating in a stored predicate group (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- evaluating in an indexed predicate group (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- indexable (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- indexed (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- label tag performance strategy (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- multiple (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- partition pruning
-
- indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- sparse (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- spatial (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- stored (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- used with policy (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- XPath (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- predicates, XPath
-
- mapping to SQL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- collection (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PREDICT (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- Predict metadata, exporting (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Predict metatada (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- PREDICTION (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PREDICTION function (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_BOUNDS (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PREDICTION_BOUNDS function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_COST (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PREDICTION_COST function (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_DETAILS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PREDICTION_DETAILS function (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_PROBABILITY (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PREDICTION_PROBABILITY function (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_SET (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PREDICTION_SET function (SQL Language Reference)
- predictive analytics (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #8] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- EXPLAIN (Data Mining Concepts)
- PL/SQL API (Data Mining Concepts)
- PREDICT (Data Mining Concepts)
- PROFILE (Data Mining Concepts)
- see also EXPLAIN
- see also PREDICT
- see also PROFILE
- Spreadsheet Add-In (Data Mining Concepts)
- preference classes
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Text Reference)
- preference documents
-
- characteristics (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- preference values
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- preference, Oracle Text indexing
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- preferences
-
- about (Text Reference)
- changing (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Reference)
- creating (examples) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating with admin tool (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- customizing SQL Developer (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- displaying welcome pages for wizards (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dropping (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- locale (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- login controls (Application Express User's Guide)
- message log preferences (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- naming preferences (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- PL/SQL editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- purging for a specific user (Application Express User's Guide)
- replacing (Text Reference)
- specifying for indexing (Text Reference)
- system-defined (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- viewing for a specific user (Application Express User's Guide)
- vs. types (Text Reference)
- workspace (Application Express User's Guide)
- preferred credentials
-
- configuring (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- PREFERRED instances
-
- for services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- preferred read disks
-
- ASM in an Oracle RAC extended distance cluster (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ASM in an Oracle RAC extended distance cluster, Preface (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- preferred read failure groups
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
- setting up (Upgrade Guide)
- specifying ASM (High Availability Overview)
- preferred read failure groups, administering (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- preferred term operator
-
- example (Text Reference)
- PreferredApplyInstance property (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- prefetch count
-
- set (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetch limit (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PREFETCH precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- prefetching
-
- during OCIStmtExecute() (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting prefetch memory size (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting row count (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetching data (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- prefetching rows (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- suggested default (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- prefix ocjr (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- prefix option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- prefix_index attribute (Text Reference)
- prefix_length_max attribute (Text Reference)
- prefix_length_min attribute (Text Reference)
- prefixed indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- prefixes
-
- to pass options to customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to pass options to Java compiler (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to pass options to Java VM (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- prefixes of data dictionary views (Concepts)
- PREFORMAT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PREFORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- preinstallation
- [entry #2] (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
-
- environment variables (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- DISPLAY (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TMP (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- instructions (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- preparing (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- shared storage device creation (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- preinstallation steps
-
- for SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PREOPEN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREOPEN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREP_AUTO (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- preparation
-
- data (Data Mining Concepts)
- prepare a distributed transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PREPARE command
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- examples (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
- prepare job prompts (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- prepare multiple branches in a single message (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prepare phase
-
- abort response (Administrator's Guide)
- in two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- prepared response (Administrator's Guide)
- read-only response (Administrator's Guide)
- recognizing read-only nodes (Administrator's Guide)
- steps (Administrator's Guide)
- PREPARE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- prepare SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- PREPARE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PREPARE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- effect on data definition statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PREPARE TO SWITCHOVER clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- PREPARE TRANSACTION statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- PREPARE_COLUMN_VALUES procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_COLUMN_VALUES_NVARCHAR2 procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_COLUMN_VALUES_ROWID procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_FOR_EXPORT procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PREPARE_FOR_TTS procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PREPARE_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTER procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTERS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PREPARE_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- PREPARE_SYNC_INSTANTIATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- PREPARE_TABLE_INSTANTIATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- prepare/commit phases
-
- effects of failure (Administrator's Guide)
- failures during (Administrator's Guide)
- locked resources (Administrator's Guide)
- pending transaction table (Administrator's Guide)
- prepareCall() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- prepareCall() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- prepared response
-
- two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- prepared statement
-
- passing BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PREPARED status (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PreparedStatement object
-
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PREPARER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- staging LCRs in SGA (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- prepareStatement() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- prepareStatement() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- preparing disks
-
- for Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- preparing installation (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- preparing to install (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- preparing to upgrade
-
- collecting optimizer statistics (Upgrade Guide)
- preprocessor
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- EXEC ORACLE directives (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- not supported in SQL blocks (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- preprocessor directives
-
- directives not supported by Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- preprocessor, support of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- prerequisites
-
- accessing development environment (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- for creating a database (Administrator's Guide)
- installation (Data Guard Broker)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisites for Oracle Database (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- presentation layer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- FTP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- HTTP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- JavaTTC (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Two-Task Common (TTC) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- WebDAV (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PRESENTNNV function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- PRESENTV function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PRESERVE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG option
-
- TRUNCATE TABLE statement (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PRESERVE parameter (Utilities)
- preserve parameter
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- PreserveMessageID (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- preserving
-
- whitespace (Utilities)
- PRESPAWN_DESC networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- PRESPAWN_LIST networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- PRESPAWN_MAX networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- prespawned dedicated servers (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- pretty-printing
-
- in book examples, Preface (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- not done by SQL/XML functions (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- preventing data loss (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- PREVIEW option, RESTORE command (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- previewing
-
- applications (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- pages (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- previewing backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PREVIOUS function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- previous releases, migrating from (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- previous() method (result set) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- previousNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- previousSibling() (XML C++ API Reference)
- pre-installation checklist (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- pre-installation steps
-
- for SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PRGERR keyword (SIGNAL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- PRGTRACE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- primary and secondary instances (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- primary binding (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- primary database
-
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Data Guard Broker)
- backups and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- configuring
-
- on Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- single-instance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- connecting to (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- constructing a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- converting to physical standby database (SQL Language Reference)
- Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- datafiles
-
- adding (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- during failover (Data Guard Broker)
- during switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- failed
-
- reenabling (Data Guard Broker)
- failover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Flashback Database (Data Guard Broker)
- gap resolution (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- health check (Data Guard Broker)
- initialization parameters
-
- and physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring events on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- network connections
-
- avoiding network hangs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- handling network timeouts (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for
-
- physical standby database creation (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisite conditions for
-
- logical standby database creation (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Real Application Clusters and
-
- setting up (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo transport services on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reducing workload on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reinstating
-
- REINSTATEMENT command (Data Guard Broker)
- reinstating after a fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- shutting down when fast-start failover is enabled (Data Guard Broker)
- standby redo log files on (Data Guard Broker)
- state transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- switching over to the standby role (Data Guard Broker)
- switchover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- switchovers
-
- initiating (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tablespaces
-
- adding (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- primary databases
-
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- software requirements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- primary filter (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- primary key
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- defined (Concepts)
- PRIMARY KEY clause
-
- of constraints (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- primary key columns
-
- logged with supplemental logging (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PRIMARY KEY constraint (Performance Tuning Guide)
- PRIMARY KEY constraints
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- associated indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- constraint checking (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- dropping (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping associated indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- effect on direct path load (Utilities)
- enabling on creation (Administrator's Guide)
- foreign key references when dropped (Administrator's Guide)
- indexes associated with (Administrator's Guide)
- indexes used to enforce (Concepts)
-
- name of (Concepts)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- maximum number of columns (Concepts)
- naming (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- NOT NULL constraints implied by (Concepts)
- replicated tables (Advanced Replication)
- primary key constraints (SQL Language Reference)
-
- enabling (SQL Language Reference)
- index on (SQL Language Reference)
- primary key OIDs
-
- example (Utilities)
- primary key REF columns (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- primary keys
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- advantages of (Concepts)
- generating values for (SQL Language Reference)
- see PRIMARY KEY constraints
- primary level sort (Globalization Support Guide)
- primary navigation (Application Express User's Guide)
- primary role (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- primary sites
-
- ownership (Advanced Replication)
- primary Source objects
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- from MdmSource objects (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- result of getSource method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- PrimaryKey property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- configuring (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- primary-key-based REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- primitive event (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
- as an XML document (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- defined as XML document (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- primitive events using relational tables
-
- storing in relational tables (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- primitive types (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- primitives
-
- See topological elements
- principal, access control
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- principal, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- principle of least privilege (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- granting user privileges (Security Guide)
- middle-tier privileges (Security Guide)
- print buffer (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- PRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Print Mode Page Template attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- print option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRINT SCRIPT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PRINT_BACKTRACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRINT_CGI_ENV procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRINT_INSTANTIATIONS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- print_media creation (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- print_media table definition (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PRINT_MULTI procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRINT_POST_PROCESSED_SOURCE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRINT_ROW_LIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRINTER environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Printer Friendly mode (Application Express User's Guide)
- Printer Friendly template (Application Express User's Guide)
- printing
-
- bind variables automatically (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REFCURSOR variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- report regions (Application Express User's Guide)
- reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- SPOOL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printjoins attribute (Text Reference)
- printjoins character (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PRINTLOG procedure (PL/SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- PRINTS procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRIOR clause
-
- of hierarchical queries (SQL Language Reference)
- PRIOR method
-
- collections (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PRIOR operator (SQL Language Reference)
- prior periods (OLAP User's Guide)
- prior probabilities (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- PRIOR row operator (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- priorities
-
- job (Administrator's Guide)
- priority
-
- during propagation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying during enqueuing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Priority (JMS)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting for all messages from a MessageProducer (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- priority groups
-
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- altering members
-
- priorities (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- values (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing members from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- site priority groups
-
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- priority groups conflict resolution method (Advanced Replication)
- priors (Data Mining Concepts)
- private (local) XML schema, definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- private access privileges (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PRIVATE clause
-
- of CREATE OUTLINE (SQL Language Reference)
- private database links (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- private dictionary documents
-
- characteristics (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- private interconnect
-
- determining usage (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- private interconnects
-
- and Oracle Clusterware (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- connecting nodes (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- private memory (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- private network
-
- alternative interconnect (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- private network address
-
- changing (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- private network addresses
-
- changing the network interface for (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- private network IP address
-
- change when a new subnet is used (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- on one node
-
- IP addresses (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- private objects
-
- packages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- private outlines
-
- use by the optimizer (SQL Language Reference)
- private repository (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- private SQL area
-
- association with cursors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- opening (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- opening of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- private SQL areas (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- described (Concepts)
- how managed (Concepts)
- private synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Private Use Area (Globalization Support Guide)
- PRIVATE_SGA parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Language Reference)
- PRIVATE_SGA variable (Performance Tuning Guide)
- privgroup file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- privilege
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- SYSDBA (2 Day DBA)
- privilege management (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- privilege, access control
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- privileged connections (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- privileged groups
-
- for Oracle Database (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- privileged ports (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- privileges
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- access control lists, checking (Security Guide)
- ACCESS_ANY_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ACCESS_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- acquired by role on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- adding redo log groups (Administrator's Guide)
- administrative (2 Day DBA)
- administrator (Concepts)
- ALTER ANY TYPE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- altering
-
- passwords (Security Guide)
- users (Security Guide)
- altering indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- altering role authentication method (Security Guide)
- altering tables (Administrator's Guide)
- ANY privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- application developers and (Concepts)
- applications, managing (Security Guide)
- AQ system privilege
-
- granting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- granting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- auditing policies (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- auditing system (Security Guide)
- auditing use of (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- BIND
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- BINDADD
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- BINDAGENT
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- cascading revokes (Security Guide)
- checked when pinning object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_OBJECT_PRIVILEGE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- closing a database link (Administrator's Guide)
- column (Security Guide)
- column level for object tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- COMPACCESS (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT
-
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection (2 Day DBA)
- COPY
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE ANY TYPE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- CREATE DBLINK statement (2 Day + Security Guide)
- CREATE IN
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
- binding the DRDA gateway package (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE_ANY_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATEIN
-
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATETAB
-
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating database links (Administrator's Guide)
- creating tables (Administrator's Guide)
- creating tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- creating triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- creating users (Security Guide)
- data dictionary emulation (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- database (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- database administrator (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_AQIN (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- default (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- DELETE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- deleting privileges of an inactive Oracle Service for MTS user (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- description (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DROP ANY TYPE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- dropping indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping online redo log members (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping profiles (Security Guide)
- dropping redo log groups (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tables (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- enabling and disabling triggers (Administrator's Guide)
- EXECUTE
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- EXECUTE ANY TYPE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXECUTE ANY TYPE on object types with ADMIN OPTION (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXECUTE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXECUTE on object types with GRANT option (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXEMPT ACCESS POLICY
-
- effect on direct path export (Utilities)
- finding information about (Security Guide)
- for applications (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- for creating FOREIGN KEY constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for creating indexes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for creating packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for creating subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for debugging subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for defining constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for dropping packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for dropping subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for executing subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for external tables (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE_ANY_TRANSACTION (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- forcing a log switch (Administrator's Guide)
- FREEZE_ANY_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- FREEZE_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- FULL (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- function-based indexes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- getting (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- grant option (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- granted to PUBLIC user group (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- granting (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- about (Security Guide)
- examples (Security Guide)
- examples (Security Guide)
- multiparent graph workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- object privileges (Security Guide)
- OLS-related (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- schema object privileges (Security Guide)
- system (Security Guide)
- system privileges (Security Guide)
- grants, listing (Security Guide)
- grouping with roles (Security Guide)
- in data warehouse security (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- INSERT on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- least privilege principle
-
- violations to (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- managing with procedures (Administrator's Guide)
- managing with synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- managing with views (Administrator's Guide)
- manually archiving (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- MERGE_ANY_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- MERGE_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- middle tier (Security Guide)
- monitoring
-
- GRANT statement (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- REVOKE statement (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- needed to create TIPs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- needed to use TIPs (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- object (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- object types in types or tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with CREATE TYPE (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with DELETE (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with INSERT (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with SELECT (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with UPDATE (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- of administrator user account (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- on selected columns (Security Guide)
- on subtypes of object types (SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle Database Vault restricting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Streams administrator (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parameters
-
- admin_option (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- grant_option (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- grantee (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- policies for managing (Concepts)
- procedures (Security Guide)
-
- creating and altering (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- in packages (Security Guide)
- PROFILE_ACCESS (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- program units (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- queue privilege
-
- granting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- granting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- READ (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- reasons to grant (Security Guide)
- recompiling triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- remote login (Reference)
- REMOVE_ANY_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- REMOVE_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- renaming objects (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming redo log members (Administrator's Guide)
- reports
-
- Accounts With DBA Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ANY System Privileges for Database Accounts Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- AUDIT Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Accounts With Catalog Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct and Indirect System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Hierarchical System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- OS Directory Objects Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH ADMIN Privilege Grants Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH GRANT Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- required for database administration (2 Day DBA)
- required for Export and Import (Utilities)
- required for indexing (Text Reference)
- required for migration (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- required for propagation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- required for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- required to create procedures (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- RESTRICTED SESSION system privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- RESTRICTED_SESSION privilege (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- revoked
-
- object dependencies and (Concepts)
- revoking (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- multiparent graph workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- revoking a system (2 Day DBA)
- revoking from a grantee (SQL Language Reference)
- revoking privileges
-
- about (Security Guide)
- object (Security Guide)
- object privileges, cascading effect (Security Guide)
- object privileges, requirements for (Security Guide)
- schema object (Security Guide)
- revoking system privileges (Security Guide)
- roles (Concepts)
-
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_ROLE_VARCHAR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Security Guide)
- dropping (Security Guide)
- restrictions on (Security Guide)
- roles, why better to grant (Security Guide)
- ROLLBACK_ANY_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ROLLBACK_WORKSPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- row label (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Scheduler (Administrator's Guide)
- schema object (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- DML and DDL operations (Security Guide)
- granting and revoking (Security Guide)
- packages (Security Guide)
- procedures (Security Guide)
- schema object management (2 Day DBA)
- security (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- See also system privileges or object privileges
- See also system privileges.
- SELECT on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SELECT_ANY_DICTIONARY (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting chain (Scheduler) (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL Access Advisor (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL statements permitted (Security Guide)
- synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS user, checking privileges (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- SYSDBA (2 Day DBA)
- SYSDBA, enabling or disabling connection (Installation Guide for Linux)
- system
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
-
- ANY (2 Day + Security Guide)
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DROP ANY TABLE (2 Day + Security Guide)
- granting and revoking (Security Guide)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY (Security Guide)
- SYSTEM and OBJECT (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- system on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- system privileges
-
- about (Security Guide)
- table-level select privileges (Reference)
- taking tablespaces offline (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- to start up or shut down a database (Concepts)
- Topic privileges
-
- granting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- trigger privileges (Security Guide)
- truncating (Administrator's Guide)
- trusted stored program units (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- UNDER ANY TYPE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UNDER ANY VIEW on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE on object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- user (2 Day DBA)
-
- using roles to manage (2 Day DBA)
- using a view (Administrator's Guide)
- using proxies to audit (2 Day + Security Guide)
- using sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- utl_oramts.sql script (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- view privileges
-
- creating a view (Security Guide)
- using a view (Security Guide)
- viewing users having Workspace Manager system-level privileges (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- views (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
-
- DBA_DV_PUB_PRIVS (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_USER_PRIVS (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_USER_PRIVS_ALL (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- when running SQL*Module application (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- WRITEACROSS (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- WRITEDOWN (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- WRITEUP (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- privileges for data mining (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- privileges granting (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- privileges required
-
- to publish change data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges required for (2 Day DBA)
- privileges using external password (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- privileges, access (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- privileges, private access (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- privileges, public access (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- privileges, Scheduler (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges, SYSASM (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- privileges, SYSASM, Preface (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- PRIVS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- PRKA messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKC messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKD messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKE messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKH messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKI messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKN messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKO messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKO-2117 error message (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKP messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKR messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKS messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKU messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRKV messages (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- PRN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PRN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Pro*C
-
- embedded SQL with user-defined data types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object cache (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- Pro*C Precompiler
-
- overview (Concepts)
- Pro*C++ Precompiler
-
- overview (Concepts)
- Pro*C/C++
-
- associative access (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- canceling cursors with (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- configuration files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- configuring (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- converting between Oracle and C types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- data conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- demonstration programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- integrating into Microsoft Visual C++ (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- library file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- linking (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- make files (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- native floating-point datatypes in (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- navigational access (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- NVARCHAR datatype (Globalization Support Guide)
- overview of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- processing SQL statements (Concepts)
- requirements (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- See also C compiler
- signals (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- user programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- user-defined data types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UVARCHAR datatype (Globalization Support Guide)
- VARCHAR datatype (Globalization Support Guide)
- Pro*C/C++ Precompiler
-
- common uses for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Globalization Support (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- new database types (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- new features (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- object support in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- runtime context (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using OTT with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Pro*C/C++ precompiler (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- available LOB functions (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOB buffering (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- locators (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- modifying internal LOB values (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- opening and closing internal LOBs and external LOBs (BFILEs) (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- providing an allocated input locator pointer (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading or examining internal and external LOB values (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statements for BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statements for temporary LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- Pro*COBOL
-
- and Linux on POWER (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- and zSeries Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- demonstration programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- environment variables (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- FORMAT precompiler (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- how it works (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming differences (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Runtime system (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- overview of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- user programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Pro*COBOL Precompiler (Concepts)
- Pro*COBOL precompiler (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- available LOB functions (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOB buffering (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- locators (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- modifying internal LOB values (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- providing an allocated input locator (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading or examining internal and external LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statements for BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- temporary LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- Pro*FORTRAN
-
- and Linux on POWER (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- See also FORTRAN compiler
- Pro*FORTRAN demonstration programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Pro*FORTRAN Precompiler (Concepts)
- proactive monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide)
- probability
-
- of different failures during unplanned and planned activities (High Availability Overview)
- Probe debugger (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- PROBE_VERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- problem
-
- fault diagnosability infrastructure (Utilities)
- problem activity log
-
- adding comments to (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- problem analysis
-
- of data conversion and truncation errors (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- with PG DD diagnostic references (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- with PG DD select scripts (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- with TIP runtime traces (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- problem key
-
- fault diagnosability infrastructure (Utilities)
- problem prevention, diagnosis, and resolution (Concepts)
- problems
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- adding comments to activity log (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- problem key (2 Day DBA)
- viewing
-
- Support Workbench (2 Day DBA)
- viewing detail (2 Day DBA)
- problems (critical errors)
-
- packaging and uploading (Administrator's Guide)
- problems in current release (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- problems, diagnosing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- procedural database extension (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- procedural elements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Procedural Gateway Administration
-
- See PGA
- see PGA
- Procedural Gateway Administration Utility
-
- See PGAU (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- see PGAU (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- procedural replication (Advanced Replication)
-
- conflicts and (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- detecting conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- generating replication support for (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- serialization of transactions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user-defined types (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- using (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- wrapper (Advanced Replication)
- PROCEDURE
-
- with CREATE statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- procedure
-
- browsing (Application Express User's Guide)
- compiling (Application Express User's Guide)
- COPY_POLICY (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INSTANCE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_SCHEDULE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- CTX_DDL.ADD_INDEX (Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL.REPLACE_INDEX_METADATA (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT_LOG_TRACES (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.ADD_TRACE (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.END_QUERY_LOG (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.GET_TRACE_VALUE (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.REMOVE_TRACE (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.RESET_TRACE (Text Reference)
- downloading (Application Express User's Guide)
- DROP_INSTANCE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_SCHEDULE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing manually (Application Express User's Guide)
- finding (Application Express User's Guide)
- GRANT_ADMIN (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- INTERVAL (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- IS_ADMIN_READONLY (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- MQCLOSE (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- MQGET (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- MQOPEN (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- MQPUT (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQOPEN (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM8.MQOPEN (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- REVOKE_ADMIN (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- SET_INSTANCE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- SET_SCHEDULE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- stored
-
- read only gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- using DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- UPDATE_CRAWLER_CONFIG (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- UPDATE_SCHEDULE (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- procedure attribute (Text Reference)
- procedure calls, stored (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- procedure declaration
-
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- procedure definitions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Procedure Finder (Application Express User's Guide)
- procedure name (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- PROCEDURE statement
- PROCEDURE_FILTER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PROCEDURE_FILTER object (Text Reference)
- procedures
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- 3GL, calling (SQL Language Reference)
- advantages of (Concepts)
- as transformations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- avoid run-time compilation (SQL Language Reference)
- callback
-
- C (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- calling (SQL Language Reference)
- case of generated output code files (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- compile explicitly (SQL Language Reference)
- compiling (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- compiling with debug (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- contrasted with anonymous blocks (Concepts)
- contrasted with functions (Concepts)
- createDICOMImage( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDICOMImage( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDICOMImage( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- creating (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- cursors and (Concepts)
- declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- declare section in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring
-
- as a Java method (SQL Language Reference)
- as C functions (SQL Language Reference)
- definer's rights
-
- about (Security Guide)
- roles disabled (Security Guide)
- defining (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- deleteDocument( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- editDataModel( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- examples of (Security Guide)
- examples of privilege use (Security Guide)
- executing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- export( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- exportDocument( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- external (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- running from remote database (SQL Language Reference)
- external procedures (Concepts)
- granting
-
- system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- importFrom( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- in a module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- insertDocument( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- invalidating local objects dependent on (SQL Language Reference)
- invoked by triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invoker's rights
-
- about (Security Guide)
- roles used (Security Guide)
- invoking (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- issuing COMMIT or ROLLBACK statements (SQL Language Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- location transparency in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- name resolution in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- naming rules (SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL
-
- closeContext (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- copyEvolve (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- disable_hierarchy (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- enable_hierarchy (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- enable_hierarchy (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- freeDocument (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- inPlaceEvolve (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- processXSL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- purgeLDAPCache (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- registerSchema (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- schemaValidate (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setKeyColumn (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setSchemaValidated (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setUpdateColumn (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Server Pages and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges executed with (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- privileges for procedures
-
- create or alter (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- executing in packages (Security Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs with SOP instance UID (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs with SOP instance UID (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage with SOP instance UID (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- publishDataModel( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- recompiling (SQL Language Reference)
- recompiling with ALTER PROCEDURE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- remote calls (Administrator's Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- replicating (Advanced Replication)
- re-creating (SQL Language Reference)
- rollbackDataModel( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- schema executed in (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- searching for (Application Express User's Guide)
- security enhanced by (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- see also subprograms
- setDataModel( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- shared pool (Reference)
- shared SQL areas and (Concepts)
- specifying schema and privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- standalone (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- stored (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- synonyms for (SQL Language Reference)
- top-level (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- procedures, overloaded (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- process
-
- Cache Management (Application Express User's Guide)
- Data Manipulation (Application Express User's Guide)
- Form Pagination (Application Express User's Guide)
- handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implementing background PL/SQL (Application Express User's Guide)
- On Demand (Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Application Express User's Guide)
- Report Pagination (Application Express User's Guide)
- stopping existing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- stopping existing listener process (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- stopping listener process (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Web Services (Application Express User's Guide)
- Process Flow Editor (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- process flows
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- activities in (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- complex conditions in (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defining (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deploying (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- designing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- handling flat files with variable names (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- modules (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- packages (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- See also process runs
- transferring remote files with FTP (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- transitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- process monitor
-
- oprocd process (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- process monitor (PMON) (Administrator's Guide)
- Process Monitor Daemon (OPROCD)
-
- processes and services (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- purpose (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- See Also oprocd process
- process monitor process (PMON)
-
- cleans up timed-out sessions (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- parallel DML process recovery (Data Warehousing Guide)
- process spawner
-
- See PSP0
- process( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
- channelOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- contentFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- contrast operator (Multimedia Reference)
- cut operator (Multimedia Reference)
- fileFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- fixedScale operator (Multimedia Reference)
- flip operator (Multimedia Reference)
- gamma operator (Multimedia Reference)
- inputChannels operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- maxScale operator (Multimedia Reference)
- mirror operator (Multimedia Reference)
- operators (Multimedia Reference)
- page operator (Multimedia Reference)
- pixelOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- quantize operator (Multimedia Reference)
- rotate operator (Multimedia Reference)
- scale operator (Multimedia Reference)
- scanlineOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- tiled operator (Multimedia Reference)
- xScale operator (Multimedia Reference)
- yScale operator (Multimedia Reference)
- process() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #3] (XML C++ API Reference)
- PROCESS_RECORDING Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PROCESS_RULES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- processAudioCommand( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- processCommand( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs with SOP instance UID procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs with SOP instance UID procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage with SOP instance UID procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) method (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
- channelOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- contentFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- contrast operator (Multimedia Reference)
- cut operator (Multimedia Reference)
- fileFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- fixedScale (Multimedia Reference)
- flip (Multimedia Reference)
- gamma (Multimedia Reference)
- inputChannels operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- maxScale (Multimedia Reference)
- mirror (Multimedia Reference)
- operators (Multimedia Reference)
- order of operations for DICOM images (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- page (Multimedia Reference)
- pixelOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- quantize (Multimedia Reference)
- rotate (Multimedia Reference)
- scale (Multimedia Reference)
- scanlineOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- tiled (Multimedia Reference)
- xScale (Multimedia Reference)
- yScale (Multimedia Reference)
- processCopy( ) method for BFILEs (Multimedia Reference)
- processCopy( ) method for BLOBs (Multimedia Reference)
- processCopy( ) to BLOBs method (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) to ORDDicom method (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) to ORDImage method (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processes
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- and memory contention in parallel processing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- archiver (ARCn) (Concepts)
- background (Concepts)
-
- diagrammed (Concepts)
- checkpoint (CKPT) (Concepts)
- checkpoints and (Concepts)
- CJQ0 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- classes of parallel execution (Concepts)
- DBSNMP (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dedicated server (Concepts)
- derived parameter values (Reference)
- dispatcher process maximum number (Reference)
- distributed transaction resolution (Concepts)
- DMON (Data Guard Broker)
- job queue (Concepts)
- listener (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- shared servers and (Concepts)
- log writer (LGWR) (Concepts)
- managed by Oracle Clusterware (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- maximum shared server processes (Reference)
- multiple-process Oracle (Concepts)
- number of server processes (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- Oracle (Concepts)
- Oracle database (Data Guard Broker)
- parallel (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel execution coordinator (Concepts)
- parallel execution servers (Concepts)
- preventing switchover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- process monitor (PMON) (Concepts)
- QMN0 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- queue monitor (QMNn) (Concepts)
- recoverer (RECO) (Concepts)
- recovery (Reference)
- scheduling (Performance Tuning Guide)
- See also managed recovery process (MRP)
- See also server processes
- server (Concepts)
-
- dedicated (Concepts)
- shared (Concepts)
- shared (Concepts)
- shadow (Concepts)
- shared server (Concepts)
-
- client requests and (Concepts)
- SQL Apply architecture (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- structure (Concepts)
- system monitor (SMON) (Concepts)
- trace files (Reference)
- trace files for (Concepts)
- user (Concepts)
-
- recovery from failure of (Concepts)
- sharing server processes (Concepts)
- user processes (Reference)
- PROCESSES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- changing the value (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- setting before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- PROCESSES parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- processing
-
- arrays (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DDL statements (Concepts)
- DML statements (Concepts)
- overview (Concepts)
- parallel SQL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- queries (Concepts)
- processing inbound connections
-
- Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- processing operators (Multimedia Reference)
-
- See also operators
- processing time, with GROUPBY, HAVING, WHERE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- processingInstruction() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ProcessingInstructionRef Interface
-
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- getData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getTarget() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ProcessingInstructionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~ProcessingInstructionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ProcessingInstructionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- PROCESSLINKS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- processor
-
- checking system architecture (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- processor binding on SMP systems
-
- using (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Processor Interface
-
- getProcessorId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- process() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath package (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPointer package (XML C++ API Reference)
- processor OLTP
-
- configuring, for commit-confirm (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- processor requirements (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- processSourceCommand( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- processVideoCommand( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- processWithBinXPath() (XML C++ API Reference)
- PROCESSXSL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- processXSL PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Producer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- producers
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- product
-
- architecture (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- components (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- product codes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- product installation directory (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
- see ORACLE_HOME and dg4appc directory
- Product User Profile table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRODUCT_COMPONENT_VERSION view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- SQL commands, disabling with (Security Guide)
- production
-
- changes in (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- production database
-
- See primary database
- productivity (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- products and options
-
- install only as necessary (Security Guide)
- PROFILE (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- PROFILE clause
-
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER (SQL Language Reference)
- profile customization (see customization) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- profile database object (2 Day DBA)
- profile file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- profile option (sqlj -profile) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PROFILE_ACCESS privilege (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- profile.local file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Profiler API
-
- gathering statistics for tuning (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- profiler, hierarchical (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- profiles
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- [entry #4] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- adding resource limits (SQL Language Reference)
- assigning to a user (SQL Language Reference)
- auditors for debugging (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- binary portability (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- changing resource limits (SQL Language Reference)
- code layers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- examples (SQL Language Reference)
- creation during code generation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- deassigning from users (SQL Language Reference)
- debug option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropping (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- dropping resource limits (SQL Language Reference)
- finding information about (Security Guide)
- functionality at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generated profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- granting
-
- system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- managing (Security Guide)
- modifying, examples (SQL Language Reference)
- more about profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- password management (Security Guide)
- print option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- privileges for dropping (Security Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- resource limits (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- sample profile entry (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- see SNA server profiles
- specifying for user (Security Guide)
- templates for applications (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- use of jar files (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- user, definition (Concepts)
- verify option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- viewing (Security Guide)
- when to use (Concepts)
- profiles (sqlnet.ora)
-
- configuring
-
- advanced options (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods, specifying (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- routing connection requests (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- profiles, role (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- profile-keys (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- profile-keys class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- progID
-
- COM objects (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- program
-
- file transfer (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PROGRAM command (OLAP DML Reference)
- Program Global Area (PGA) (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- program global area (PGA)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
-
- automatic management (High Availability Overview)
- components (2 Day DBA)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- direct path read (Performance Tuning Guide)
- direct path write (Performance Tuning Guide)
- effect of MAX_ENABLED_ROLES on (Security Guide)
- shared server (Concepts)
- shared servers (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- program global areas (Administrator's Guide)
- program ID
-
- COM objects (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- program interface (Concepts)
-
- Oracle side (OPI) (Concepts)
- structure of (Concepts)
- user side (UPI) (Concepts)
- Program Name field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PROGRAM networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- program structure (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- program structure of a SQL*Module application (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- program termination
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- normal versus abnormal (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- program units
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- overview of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- shared pool and (Concepts)
- stored (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PROGRAM_ERROR exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PROGRAM_INFO Record Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- programmatic environments (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- available functions (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- compared (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- for Oracle objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- programmatic environments for LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- programmatic interfaces
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ANYDATA queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AQ XML servlet (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- comparison (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OCCI (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OCI (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OCI security (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OO4O (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Programmer's Analysis Kit (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- programming guidelines (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- programming language support (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- programming languages (Performance Tuning Guide)
- programming methods
-
- optimizing to improve performance (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- programming techniques
-
- collections (Application Express User's Guide)
- database links (Application Express User's Guide)
- implementing Web services (Application Express User's Guide)
- running background PL/SQL (Application Express User's Guide)
- programs
-
- adding program contents to a definition (OLAP DML Reference)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- branching (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- branching in (OLAP DML Reference)
- branching labels (OLAP DML Reference)
- calling (OLAP DML Reference)
- case statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- comment lines in (OLAP DML Reference)
- compiling (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional execution of commands (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- debugging (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- declaring arguments in (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- determining how invoked (OLAP DML Reference)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide)
- error handling (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- errors in (OLAP DML Reference)
- executing (OLAP DML Reference)
- halting execution with an error (OLAP DML Reference)
- hiding (OLAP DML Reference)
- local variable (OLAP DML Reference)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- passing arguments to (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- performance cost (OLAP DML Reference)
- permission (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #8] (OLAP DML Reference)
- preserving environment (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- preserving status (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- repeating commands (OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring previous values (OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring status (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- returning a value (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving compiled code (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving current values (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving status (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- startup (OLAP DML Reference)
- suspending execution (OLAP DML Reference)
- terminating execution of (OLAP DML Reference)
- timing execution (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- trigger (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #8] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #9] (OLAP DML Reference)
- unhiding (OLAP DML Reference)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- progressive relaxation template (Text Reference)
- project files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Project page (Application Express User's Guide)
- Project Properties dialog box (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- PROJECT_PT function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- projected coordinates (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- projections (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- MDSYS.SDO_PROJECTIONS_OLD_FORMAT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_PROJECTIONS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PROJECT_PT function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- projects
-
- creating plan (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- importing PL/SQL into (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- projects, creating (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- prolog, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- prompt
-
- SET SQLPROMPT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PROMPT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PROMPT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- customizing prompts for value (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- prompts for value
-
- bypassing with parameters (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- customizing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- through ACCEPT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- through substitution variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- propagated (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- PROPAGATEORIGINALEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- propagation
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- altering method (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- broken propagations (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuration (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- propagation latency (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- propagation operation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- queue-to-queue propagation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- restarting propagation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SDU (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- combined capture and apply (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- disabling (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- enabling (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- exceptions in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- initiating (Advanced Replication)
- modes (Advanced Replication)
- modifying (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- statistics (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- of changes (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- parallel (Advanced Replication)
-
- implementing (Advanced Replication)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- tuning (Advanced Replication)
- rules (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- security context of propagator (Advanced Replication)
- status of (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- troubleshooting (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- propagation jobs
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- altering (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Scheduler (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- RESTRICTED SESSION (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- scheduling (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- propagations
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- altering (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ANYDATA queues
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- BFILE objects (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- binary files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #6] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #9] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #10] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- database links
-
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- debugging (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination queue (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- directed networks (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- disabling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dropping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- enabling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ensured delivery (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- error handling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- features (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- inboxes and outboxes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS messages with Messaging Gateway
-
- inbound (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- outbound (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- managing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- messages with LOBs (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway
-
- configuring for (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- resetting with (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- subscribers, about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- subscribers, creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- subscribers, removing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- optimizing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- parameters
-
- destination (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination_queue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- duration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- latency (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- next_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- start_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- priority and ordering of messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- privileges required (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- propagation user (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- queue-to-dblink
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- scheduling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue-to-queue
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- propagation job (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schedule (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- scheduling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- remote consumers
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rule sets
-
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining global (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining message (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining subset (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- for LCRs (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- for user messages (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schedules
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- altering (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating syntax (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- removing with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- scheduling
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- security (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- source queue (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- starting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- statistics (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- stopping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- third-party support (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- TIB/Rendezvous (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformations
-
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transparent data encryption (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- checking queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- security (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- tuning (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- unscheduling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using HTTP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using HTTP and HTTPS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- WebSphere MQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- propagator
-
- registering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- properties
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
- AlternateLocation (Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyInstanceTimeout (Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyParallel (Data Guard Broker)
- ClientId property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- configurable (Data Guard Broker)
- copying with an object definition (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating for objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- data source (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- data source info (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- DelayMins (Data Guard Broker)
- FetchLimit (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- initialization and authorization (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- LastServerErr (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- LastServerErrText (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- listing for objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- LsbyASkipErrorCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipErrorCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxSga (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyPreserveCommitOrder (Data Guard Broker)
- managing (Data Guard Broker)
- mapping (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- monitorable (Data Guard Broker)
- PreferredApplyInstance (Data Guard Broker)
- rowset (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- rowset implications (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- security (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- sessions (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- setting (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #5] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
- in server parameter file (Data Guard Broker)
- in server parameter file (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyArchiveLocation (Data Guard Broker)
- StatusReport (Data Guard Broker)
- supported by Oracle Provider for OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- properties files
-
- overview (JPublisher User's Guide)
- structure and syntax (JPublisher User's Guide)
- properties files (translator)
-
- default properties files (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting input file (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- properties files, SQLJ DMS (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- properties, Java, getProperty() (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PROPERTY command (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- event (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- trigger (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- Property event (OLAP DML Reference)
- Property Inspector (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- property pages
-
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- property values (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- PropertyPermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- props option (properties file) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- props option (sqlj -props) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- protecting patient privacy (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
- administrator tasks (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- developer tasks (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- protection modes
-
- after a failover (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- benefits (Data Guard Broker)
- configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- downgrading (Data Guard Broker)
- maximum availability mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum performance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum performance mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum protection (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum protection mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of a database
-
- changing in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- redo transport services setup (Data Guard Broker)
- setting for a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- setting on a primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- updating (Data Guard Broker)
- upgrading (Data Guard Broker)
- protocol
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
- commit confirm (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- converter (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- implicit protocol conversion (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IPC (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- network (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- protocol-independent encryption (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TCP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- two-phase commit (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- PROTOCOL (PRO or PROT) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocol address (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PROTOCOL networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Reference)
- protocol server (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- architecture (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- event-based logging (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- FTP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HTTP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- WebDAV (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- protocol.ora file (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- protocols (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
-
- configuring addresses (Net Services Reference)
- FTP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- HTTP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- IPC (Net Services Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- Named Pipes (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- Oracle support for (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Net Services Reference)
- SDP (Net Services Reference)
- TCP/IP
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference)
-
- gateway transparency (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- implicit protocol conversion (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TCP/IP with SSL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- WebDAV (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocols, access to repository resources (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- prove_themes attribute (Text Reference)
- provider factory classes (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- provider independence (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- providers
-
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- provisioning mode
-
- specifying (Application Express User's Guide)
- proxies, for Web services call-outs from database (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- proximity operator, see NEAR operator
- proxy
-
- connect (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- proxy access (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- proxy authentication (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- advantages (Security Guide)
- auditing operatings (Security Guide)
- identity propagation option (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- passwords, expired (Security Guide)
- security benefits (Security Guide)
- users, passing real identity of (Security Guide)
- proxy clause
-
- of ALTER USER (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- proxy connections (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- using createProxyConnection method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- proxy copies (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- proxy materialized view administrator
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PROXY option
-
- BACKUP command (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- proxy server
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- defining (Application Express User's Guide)
- Proxy Server attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- proxy users
-
- finding with DVF.F$PROXYUSER (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- PROXY_USER attribute (Security Guide)
- PROXY_USERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- proxywsdl option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- pruning
-
- partition (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partitions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- pruning partitions
-
- indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- prvtoramts.plb file (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- prvtpg.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- prvtpgb.plb
-
- file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- prvtrawb.plb script (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- ps command (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- PS procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PS$ tables (OLAP User's Guide)
- pseudo columns
-
- USER (Security Guide)
- pseudocode
-
- triggers (Concepts)
- pseudocolor
-
- checking for (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pseudocolor table (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pseudocolumn (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- CURRVAL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LEVEL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- NEXTVAL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ROWID (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ROWNUM (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SYSDATE (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- UID (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- USER (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- pseudocolumns
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- CHECK constraints prohibit
-
- LEVEL and ROWNUM (Concepts)
- COLUMN_VALUE (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISCYCLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISLEAF (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRVAL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- hierarchical queries (SQL Language Reference)
- LEVEL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- list of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- modifying views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- NEXTVAL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- OBJECT_ID (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- OBJECT_VALUE (SQL Language Reference)
- ORA_ROWSCN (SQL Language Reference)
- ROWID (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- ROWNUM (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- uses for (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- UROWID (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- versions queries (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLDATA (SQL Language Reference)
- pseudotype, VARCHAR (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PSP
-
- see PL/SQL Server Pages
- PSP application (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PSP. See PL/SQL Server Pages
- PSP0 processes (Concepts)
- PSTUBTBL view (Reference)
- PT function (Text Reference)
- PT operator (Text Reference)
- PUBLIC
-
- procedures and (Security Guide)
- user group (Security Guide)
- public (global) XML schema, definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- public access privileges (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- public class name /source name check (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PUBLIC clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE
-
- thread of redo (Reference)
- of CREATE OUTLINE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE SYNONYM (SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- public database links (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- Public Execute Privilege To SYS PL/SQL Procedures Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- public fixed user database links (Administrator's Guide)
- public information views (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- public information, required (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- public interface
-
- specifying with OIFCFG (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- public key infrastructure (Concepts)
- Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
-
- certificate (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate authority (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate revocation lists (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- PKCS #11 hardware devices (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- wallet (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- public key infrastructure (PKI) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- public objects
-
- packages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PUBLIC permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- PUBLIC privilege
-
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- public procedures
-
- exposing (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- recover_automatic (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- show_indoubt (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- utl_oramts.forget_RMs (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- public synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- public synonyms for multiple PG DD users (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PUBLIC user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- Public User attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- PUBLIC user group
-
- about (Security Guide)
- granting and revoking privileges to (Security Guide)
- revoking unnecessary privileges and roles (2 Day + Security Guide)
- security domain of users (Security Guide)
- security guideline (Security Guide)
- public virtual directory in Apache (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- PUBLIC, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- PUBLIC_DEFAULT profile
-
- profiles, dropping (Security Guide)
- PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY view (Reference)
- public_html
-
- Apache (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- publication
-
- DDL statements (Concepts)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DML statements (Concepts)
- logon/logoff events (Concepts)
- system events
-
- server errors (Concepts)
- startup/shutdown (Concepts)
- using triggers (Concepts)
- PUBLICSYN view (Reference)
- PUBLISH_PENDING_STATS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- publish/subscribe (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting up (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- support in AQ (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- publishDataModel( ) procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- publishers
-
- components associated with (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- determining the source tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges for reading views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purpose (Data Warehousing Guide)
- table partitioning properties and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- tasks (Data Warehousing Guide)
- publishFeatureType method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PublishFeatureType procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- publishing
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- AQ (JPublisher User's Guide)
- asynchronous AutoLog mode
-
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous HotLog mode
-
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- example (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL packages (JPublisher User's Guide)
- queue (JPublisher User's Guide)
- server-side Java classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQL object types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- stream (JPublisher User's Guide)
- synchronous mode
-
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- topic (JPublisher User's Guide)
- URL for application (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- publishing a message
-
- definition of, in publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- publishing C external subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- publishing change data
-
- preparations for (Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges required (Data Warehousing Guide)
- publishing external subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- C (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Java (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- publishing JMS messages
-
- specifying a recipient list (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying delivery mode, priority, and time to live (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying Topic (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with minimal specification (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- publishRecordType method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- publish-subscribe
-
- _SYSTEM_TRIG_ENABLED parameter (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- COMPATIBLE parameter (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LDAP registration (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- notification callback (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- subscription handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- publish-subscribe functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- publish-subscribe support
-
- event publication (Concepts)
- triggers (Concepts)
- PULL_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PULL_TABLESPACES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- pull-down menu (Application Express User's Guide)
- punctuation, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- punctuations attribute (Text Reference)
- PUPBLD.SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- purchase-order XML document (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- used in full-text examples (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- purchase-order XML schema (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- annotated (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- graphical representation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- revised (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- purge
-
- following notification (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PURGE command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PURGE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purge schedule
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- PURGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PURGE_COMPARISON Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_COMPARISON procedure (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- PURGE_EVENTS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_FILE_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_LOG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE_LOST_DB_ENTRY procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_TRANSACTION package (Administrator's Guide)
- PURGE_MASTER_LOG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE_MIXED procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_MVIEW_FROM_LOG procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE_QUEUE_TABLE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_SOURCE_CATALOG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGELDAPCACHE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purgeLDAPCache PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PURGERESOURCEMETADATA Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purges
-
- DBA_REPCATLOG table (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deferred transaction queue
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- master sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduling continuous (Advanced Replication)
- scheduling periodic (Advanced Replication)
- purgeSchema PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PURGESCHEMA Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purging
-
- queue tables (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- the subscription window (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purging change tables
-
- automatically (Data Warehousing Guide)
- by name (Data Warehousing Guide)
- in a named changed set (Data Warehousing Guide)
- on the staging database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- publishers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- subscribers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purity level (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- purity of functions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- purity rules (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PUSH command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- marking start of series (OLAP DML Reference)
- placement (OLAP DML Reference)
- using (OLAP DML Reference)
- PUSH function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PUSH_PRED hint (SQL Language Reference)
- PUSH_SUBQ hint (SQL Language Reference)
- pushes
-
- deferred transaction queue
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- scheduling continuous (Advanced Replication)
- scheduling periodic (Advanced Replication)
- PUSHLEVEL command (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- nesting (OLAP DML Reference)
- placement (OLAP DML Reference)
- PUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- put() method
-
- for Properties object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for type maps (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PUT_FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT_LINE
-
- displaying output with (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- put_line function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PUT_LINE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT_LINE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT_LINE_NCHAR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT_NCHAR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT_RAW function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUTF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUTF_NCHAR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- putMetadata( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- putMetadata( ) method for BFILEs (Multimedia Reference)
- putMetadata( ) method for BLOBs (Multimedia Reference)
- pwd ASMCMD (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- PwdChgDlg
-
- connection string attribute for commands (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- connection string attribute for data source (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- PX_JOIN_FILTER hint (SQL Language Reference)
- pyramid keyword for storageParam (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramid levels
-
- definition (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramidLevel attribute of SDO_GEORASTER (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramid type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramidLevel attribute of SDO_RASTER (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramidParams parameter (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramids (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- deleting data for (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- formulas for determining (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- generating data for (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- illustration of (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramid parameters (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- returning level number of top pyramid (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)